WO2024208330A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024208330A1
WO2024208330A1 PCT/CN2024/086067 CN2024086067W WO2024208330A1 WO 2024208330 A1 WO2024208330 A1 WO 2024208330A1 CN 2024086067 W CN2024086067 W CN 2024086067W WO 2024208330 A1 WO2024208330 A1 WO 2024208330A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
port
combinations
combination
antenna
port combination
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2024/086067
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
董昶钊
高翔
张哲宁
刘显达
刘鹍鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024208330A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024208330A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the demodulation reference signal is used by the receiving end to estimate the equivalent channel matrix experienced by the data channel (such as the physical downlink shared channel or the physical uplink shared channel) or the control channel (such as the physical downlink control channel), so as to detect and demodulate the data.
  • the data channel such as the physical downlink shared channel or the physical uplink shared channel
  • the control channel such as the physical downlink control channel
  • DMRS uses the same precoding matrix as PDSCH to ensure that DMRS and PDSCH experience the same equivalent channel.
  • the network device receives DMRS and PDSCH, it can perform equivalent channel estimation based on DMRS and then demodulate the data carried in PDSCH.
  • the protocol defines the DMRS symbols and time-frequency resource mapping methods corresponding to the DMRS port number.
  • the network equipment can indicate the corresponding DMRS port to the terminal, including the DMRS port number and the DMRS port number.
  • different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports, and the DMRS symbols corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain.
  • the terminal Based on the allocated DMRS port, the terminal performs corresponding data transmission in accordance with the DMRS signal generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined in the protocol.
  • the current DMRS port indication method may include semi-statically configuring the DMRS type and number of symbols through high-level signaling, and dynamically notifying the allocated DMRS port index through downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the system supports a maximum of 12 orthogonal DMRS ports.
  • 12 DMRS ports may not be able to meet the requirements of the communication system for the number of transmission layers.
  • the orthogonal DMRS ports can be increased by increasing the time domain unit occupied by DMRS, increasing the degree of frequency division multiplexing, or increasing the degree of code division multiplexing.
  • the total number of DMRS ports multiplexed in the same time-frequency resources can be expanded to a maximum of 24 through code division multiplexing enhancement technology. Based on this, the current DMRS port indication method is no longer applicable, and a new DMRS port indication method needs to be designed.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device for solving the problem that the existing port indication is no longer applicable after the number of antenna ports is expanded.
  • a communication method comprising: receiving first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set; and a demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna ports included in the first port combination.
  • the network device can configure some port combinations in the port combination set for the terminal, that is, the first port combination subset, and indicate one of the port combinations in the first port combination subset through the first indication information, such as the first port combination, thereby reducing the number of port combinations configured for the terminal to reduce the signaling overhead of the indication information and realize multi-user port scheduling as much as possible.
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set
  • the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number
  • each port combination corresponds to a port number value
  • the port number value set corresponding to the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset is the first port number set
  • the port number value set corresponding to the M port combinations included in the port combination set is The value set is a second port number set
  • the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set.
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  • the port number value corresponding to any port combination subset is the same as the full set, so that the total number of ports supported by the antenna port combination of the full set of port combinations can be satisfied, so that the network device can configure the port subset for the terminal to meet the number of transmission streams supported by the full set of port combinations without affecting the transmission efficiency.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  • the network device can send a second indication information to the terminal to indicate the configured port combination subset and/or the full set of port combinations for the terminal.
  • the second indication information can carry the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the prefix symbol, so that the terminal can determine the configured port combination subset and/or the full set of port combinations based on the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the prefix symbol.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
  • the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or carried in the first MAC CE.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information can be carried in one RRC signaling or MAC CE at the same time, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the first indication information may carry an index value of the first port combination in the first port combination subset. Since the first port combination subset is a part of the port combination full set, the number of port combinations is relatively small compared to the full set. Therefore, the indication bits occupied by the index value used to indicate one of the port combinations are also relatively small compared to the full set, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the indication.
  • the number of ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1-8.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set
  • the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be used as a basis for dividing the port combination subsets, that is, the port combinations with the same number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the port combination set can be divided into the same port combination subset. For example, if the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the M port combinations in the port combination set is 1 or 2, then the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 1 CDM group that does not transmit data, or the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 2 CDM groups that do not transmit data, or the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 1 CDM group that does not transmit data and 2 CDM groups that do not transmit data.
  • the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  • the existing protocol includes ports 0 and 1
  • the extended DMRS ports include ports 8 and 9
  • the port combination set may include as shown in the following table. Then, multiple port combinations in which the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1 may be divided into a first port combination subset, as shown in the following table.
  • a plurality of port combinations in which the number of CDM groups not transmitting data is 2 may be divided into a second port combination subset, as shown in the following table.
  • the number of index values in the port combination subset is smaller than the number of index values in the port combination full set, and therefore, the indication overhead required for the first indication information is smaller.
  • the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  • the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, the second port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset correspond one-to-one to the B port combinations in the first port combination subset; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias.
  • B can be 9, that is, the first port combination subset can include the following 9 port combinations corresponding to index values 0 to 8, which can be obtained according to all antenna port numbers corresponding to any port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first offset.
  • the B port combinations in the first/second port combination subset can be shown in the following table:
  • the association includes an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
  • the associating includes an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
  • the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
  • the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  • C can be 6, that is, the first port combination subset can include the following 6 port combinations, [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9], [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9], [2,3,10], [2,3,10,11].
  • ports 0,1,8,9 are in the same CDM group
  • ports 2,3,10,11 are in the same CDM group.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4
  • the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  • the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  • At least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  • the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  • the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  • the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  • a communication method comprising: sending first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i and j are not equal; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set; and a demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna ports included in the first port combination.
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set
  • the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
  • the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
  • the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set
  • the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set
  • the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  • the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  • the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset correspond one-to-one to the B port combinations in the first port combination subset; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias.
  • the associating may include an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset port is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
  • the associating may include an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
  • the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and A is less than or equal to M.
  • the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4
  • the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  • the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  • At least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  • the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  • the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  • the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  • a communication device which includes a transceiver module, which is used to send or receive signals or data, and may also include a processing module, which is used to implement steps other than sending or receiving, and the communication device is used to execute any method as described in any one of the first aspects above.
  • a communication device which includes a transceiver module, which is used to send or receive signals or data, and may also include a processing module, which is used to implement steps other than sending or receiving.
  • the communication device is used to execute any method as described in the second aspect above.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory; the memory The device is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the device performs the method as described in any one of the first aspects above.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, so that the device performs any method as described in any one of the second aspects above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when the computer-executable instructions are called by the computer, the computer is used to cause the computer to execute any one of the methods described in the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when the computer-executable instructions are called by the computer, the computer is used to cause the computer to execute any one of the methods in the second aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions
  • the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned second aspects.
  • a chip is provided.
  • the chip is located in a relay device, the chip includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions.
  • the relay device performs the method as described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • a chip is provided.
  • the chip is located in a network device, the chip includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions.
  • the network device performs the method as described in any one of the above second aspects.
  • a communication system comprising a communication device as described in any one of the third aspect and a communication device as described in any one of the fourth aspect.
  • any of the relay communication methods, communication devices, communication systems, computer program products, computer-readable storage media or chips, etc. provided above can be implemented by the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the first aspect above and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency resource
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the time-frequency resource mapping of Type 1 DMRS for a single symbol
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of dual-symbol Type 1 DMRS time-frequency resource mapping
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the time-frequency resource mapping of Type 2 DMRS for a single symbol
  • FIG5A is a schematic diagram of dual-symbol Type 2 DMRS time-frequency resource mapping
  • FIG5B is a schematic diagram of port configuration after DMRS port expansion according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features.
  • a feature defined as “first” or “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features.
  • plural means two or more.
  • the smallest resource granularity in the time domain can be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, which can be referred to as a symbol.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the smallest resource granularity can be a subcarrier.
  • An OFDM symbol and a subcarrier can form a resource element (RE), and a time slot and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain can form an RB.
  • a time slot can include multiple consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain, for example, a time slot includes 12 consecutive OFDM symbols or 14 consecutive OFDM symbols, etc.
  • FIG. 1 it is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency resource.
  • RE is used as the basic unit
  • RB is the basic scheduling unit in the frequency domain for data channel allocation
  • one RB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and 14 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain.
  • FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram of an RB, and in a specific application, an RB may include more or fewer subcarriers than those shown in FIG. 1 , without limitation.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the frequency interval (i.e., subcarrier spacing) between adjacent subcarriers.
  • the subcarrier spacing may be 15KHz, 30KHz, 60KHz, 120KHz, or 240KHz, etc. Different subcarrier spacings may correspond to different OFDM symbol lengths.
  • MIMO multiple input multiple output
  • multiple parallel data streams can be transmitted simultaneously on the same time-frequency resources.
  • Each data stream is called a spatial layer or transport layer or spatial stream or transport stream or stream.
  • OCC is used in a code division multiplexing (CDM) group to ensure the orthogonality of the ports, thereby reducing the interference of the reference signal (RS) transmitted between the ports.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • the CDM group provides 4 orthogonal ports, and these 4 orthogonal ports use 4 OCCs to ensure the orthogonality of the ports.
  • the OCC of the first port is [1,1,1,1]
  • the OCC of the second port is [1,-1,1,-1]
  • the OCC of the third port is [1,1,-1,-1]
  • the OCC of the fourth port is [1,-1,-1,1].
  • an antenna port can be understood as a transmitting antenna identified by the receiving end, or a transmitting antenna that can be distinguished in space.
  • An antenna port can be defined based on a reference signal associated with the antenna port.
  • An antenna port can be a physical antenna on a transmitting device, or a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas on a transmitting device.
  • one antenna port corresponds to one reference signal.
  • the antenna port is used to carry at least one of a specific physical channel and a physical signal.
  • the DMRS port is the antenna port that carries the DMRS.
  • the signals sent through the same antenna port regardless of whether these signals are sent through the same or different physical antennas, the channels corresponding to the paths experienced by these signals in spatial transmission can be considered to be the same or related.
  • the signals sent from the same antenna port can be considered to have the same or related channels when demodulated by the receiving end.
  • the antenna port defines the channel on a certain symbol. If the antenna ports of two symbols are the same, the channel on one symbol can be inferred from the channel on another symbol.
  • the port number is used as an example to identify the antenna port.
  • the port number may also have other names, such as port index, port identification, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS can be used to estimate the equivalent channel.
  • DMRS can be used to perform equivalent channel estimation on the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in order to coherently demodulate the downlink data.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • DMRS is transmitted along with PDSCH.
  • DMRS is located in the first few symbols of the time slot occupied by PDSCH.
  • different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports.
  • the DMRS corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain.
  • channel estimation is introduced:
  • the DMRS and the data signals transmitted by PDSCH are precoded in the same way, so that the DMRS and the data signals experience the same
  • the transmitting device sends DMRS and data signals to the receiving device.
  • the vector of the DMRS sent by the transmitting device is s, and the vector of the data signal sent is x.
  • the DMRS and the data signal are precoded in the same way (multiplied by the same precoding matrix P). Accordingly, the vector of the data signal received by the receiving device satisfies:
  • y represents the vector of data signals received by the receiving device
  • H represents the frequency domain response of the channel between the transmitting device and the receiving device
  • P represents the precoding matrix used by the transmitting device
  • x represents the vector of data signals sent by the transmitting device
  • n represents the vector of noise. Represents the equivalent channel frequency domain response between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
  • the vector of the DMRS received by the receiving device satisfies:
  • r represents the vector of DMRS received by the receiving device
  • H represents the frequency domain response of the channel between the transmitting device and the receiving device
  • P represents the precoding matrix used by the transmitting device
  • s represents the vector of DMRS sent by the transmitting device
  • n represents the vector of noise. Represents the equivalent channel frequency domain response between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
  • the receiving device uses a channel estimation algorithm such as least square (LS) channel estimation and minimum mean square error (MMSE) channel estimation based on the known reference signal vector s to estimate the equivalent channel. Estimation is then performed based on the equivalent channel The estimation result is used to complete the MIMO equalization and demodulation of the data signal.
  • LS least square
  • MMSE minimum mean square error
  • the DMRS vector can be represented as a matrix with NR rows and R columns, that is, the dimension is NR ⁇ R.
  • NR represents the number of receiving antennas of the receiving device
  • R represents the number of spatial layers.
  • one spatial layer corresponds to one DMRS port.
  • the number of DMRS ports is R.
  • different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports.
  • the DMRS symbols corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain.
  • DMRS occupies certain time-frequency resources, in order to minimize the DMRS overhead and reduce the interference between DMRS time-frequency resources corresponding to different DMRS ports, DMRS symbols are often mapped to preset time-frequency resources through frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing.
  • the NR system supports two types of DMRS resource mapping.
  • Type 1 DMRS a maximum of 8 orthogonal DMRS ports can be supported; for Type 2 DMRS, a maximum of 12 orthogonal DMRS ports can be supported.
  • DMRS symbols need to be sent in multiple time-frequency resources.
  • a DMRS symbol can occupy at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in the time domain, and the bandwidth occupied in the frequency domain is the same as the scheduling bandwidth of the data signal.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the multiple OFDM symbols corresponding to the port correspond to the same reference signal sequence.
  • a reference signal sequence includes multiple elements.
  • the reference signal sequence corresponding to DMRS can be a gold sequence.
  • a gold sequence with a length of 31 as a pseudo-random sequence c(n)
  • the nth element in the reference signal sequence is introduced.
  • the nth element in the reference signal sequence satisfies:
  • r(n) represents the nth element in the reference signal sequence
  • n 0, 1, ..., MPN -1
  • MPN represents the sequence length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n)
  • c(2n) represents the 2nth element in the pseudo-random sequence
  • c(2n+1) represents the 2n+1th element in the pseudo-random sequence.
  • the pseudo-random sequence c(n) satisfies:
  • c(n) represents a pseudo-random sequence
  • N c 1600
  • x 1 (n) represents the first m-sequence
  • x 1 (0) 1
  • x 2 (n) represents the second m-sequence
  • the x 2 (n) sequence is determined by the initialization factor c init .
  • the initialization factor c init of the x 2 (n) sequence satisfies:
  • c init represents the initialization factor
  • Indicates the number of OFDM symbols in a time slot represents the time slot index in a system frame
  • l represents the index of OFDM symbol
  • Indicates the sequence scrambling code identifier represents the scrambling factor
  • represents the index of the CDM group
  • the value of can be configured by high-level signaling.
  • Identification usually equal to the cell ID,
  • the DMRS sequence corresponding to a port is mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource after being multiplied by the corresponding mask sequence through the preset time-frequency resource mapping rule.
  • NR new radio
  • the mth element r(m) in the DMRS sequence corresponding to the port is mapped to the resource element (RE) with index (k,l) p, ⁇ according to the following rules.
  • the RE with index (k,l) p, ⁇ corresponds to the OFDM symbol with index l in a time slot in the time domain and to the subcarrier with index k in the frequency domain.
  • the mapping rules satisfy:
  • is the subcarrier spacing parameter
  • is the DMRS modulation symbol mapped to the RE with index (k,l) p
  • is the symbol index of the first OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol or the symbol index of the reference OFDM symbol
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the l′th OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the k′th subcarrier occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol
  • m 2n+k′
  • is the subcarrier offset factor.
  • OCC includes the above time domain mask element and frequency domain mask element.
  • the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and ⁇ corresponding to the DMRS port p can be determined according to Table 2.
  • Table 2 is described as follows:
  • the time-frequency resource mapping method of type 1 DMRS is introduced as follows:
  • CDM group 0 includes port 0 and port 1
  • CDM group 1 includes port 2 and port 3.
  • CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are frequency division multiplexed (mapped on different frequency domain resources).
  • the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC to ensure the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group, thereby suppressing the interference between the reference signals transmitted on different DMRS ports.
  • port 0 and port 1 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain, that is, the adjacent frequency domain resources occupied by port 0 and port 1 are separated by one subcarrier.
  • the two adjacent REs occupied correspond to an OCC codeword sequence of length 2.
  • port 0 and port 1 use a set of OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1).
  • port 2 and port 3 are located in the same RE and are mapped to the unoccupied REs of port 0 and port 1 in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain.
  • port 2 and port 3 use a set of OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1).
  • CDM group 0 includes port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5
  • CDM group 1 includes port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7.
  • CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are frequency division multiplexed, and the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC.
  • port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain, that is, the adjacent frequency domain resources occupied by port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 are separated by one subcarrier.
  • the two adjacent subcarriers and two OFDM symbols occupied correspond to an OCC codeword sequence of length 4.
  • port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 use a set of OCC codeword sequences with a length of 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1).
  • port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7 are located in the same RE and are mapped in a comb-tooth manner on the unoccupied subcarriers of port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 in the frequency domain.
  • port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7 use a set of OCC codeword sequences with a length of 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1).
  • the time-frequency resource mapping method of type 2 DMRS is introduced as follows:
  • a maximum of 6 DMRS ports are supported.
  • the 6 DMRS ports are divided into 3 CDM groups, and frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC to ensure the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group, thereby suppressing the interference between the reference signals transmitted on different DMRS ports.
  • CDM group 0 includes port 0 and port 1
  • CDM group 1 includes port 2 and port 3
  • CDM group 2 includes port 4 and port 5.
  • Frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups (mapped on different frequency domain resources).
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC.
  • For a DMRS port its corresponding DMRS is mapped in the frequency domain on multiple subcarriers containing 2 consecutive subcarriers. In the resource subblock of a wave, adjacent resource subblocks are spaced 4 subcarriers apart in the frequency domain.
  • port 0 and port 1 are located in the same resource element (RE), and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner.
  • port 0 and port 1 occupy subcarrier 0, subcarrier 1, subcarrier 6, and subcarrier 7.
  • Port 2 and port 3 occupy subcarrier 2, subcarrier 3, subcarrier 8, and subcarrier 9.
  • Port 4 and port 5 occupy subcarrier 4, subcarrier 5, subcarrier 10, and subcarrier 11.
  • the corresponding OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1) are in the two adjacent subcarriers.
  • a maximum of 12 ports are supported.
  • the 12 DMRS ports are divided into 3 CDM groups, and frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are orthogonalized by OCC.
  • CDM group 0 includes port 0, port 1, port 6 and port 7;
  • CDM group 1 includes port 2, port 3, port 8 and port 9;
  • CDM group 2 includes port 4, port 5, port 10 and port 11.
  • Frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups (mapped on different frequency domain resources).
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources.
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC.
  • For a DMRS port its corresponding DMRS is mapped in the frequency domain in multiple resource sub-blocks containing 2 consecutive sub-carriers, and the adjacent resource sub-blocks are separated by 4 sub-carriers in the frequency domain.
  • the ports included in a CDM group are located in the same resource element (RE), and resources are mapped in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain.
  • RE resource element
  • port 0, port 1, port 6 and port 7 occupy subcarrier 0, subcarrier 1, subcarrier 6 and subcarrier 7 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2.
  • Port 2, port 3, port 8 and port 9 occupy subcarrier 2, subcarrier 3, subcarrier 8 and subcarrier 9 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2.
  • Port 4, port 5, port 10 and port 11 occupy subcarrier 4, subcarrier 5, subcarrier 10 and subcarrier 11 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2.
  • an OCC codeword sequence of length 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1) corresponds to the two adjacent subcarriers corresponding to the two OFDM symbols.
  • the number of transmitting and receiving antennas will further increase (such as the number of transmitting antennas of network equipment supports 128T or 256T, and the number of receiving antennas of terminal equipment supports 8R), and channel information acquisition will be more accurate. It is necessary to further support a higher number of transmission streams to improve the spectrum efficiency of the MIMO system.
  • the above aspects will inevitably require more DMRS ports to support a higher number of transmission streams (such as the number of transmission streams greater than 12). As the number of transmission streams increases, higher accuracy requirements are placed on channel estimation. However, the current maximum of 12 orthogonal ports cannot guarantee the transmission performance of more than 12 streams.
  • a method for expanding the number of orthogonal DMRS ports is exemplarily introduced, that is, introducing more DMRS ports through code division multiplexing.
  • the total number of ports supported by DMRS is related to the following two factors: DMRS configuration type, or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by DMRS in the time domain.
  • DMRS configuration type or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by DMRS in the time domain.
  • a DMRS configuration type and the number of time-domain OFDM symbols occupied by a type of DMRS correspond to a maximum number of DMRS ports.
  • the number of orthogonal DMRS port combinations supported by the current NR protocol is shown in Table 3 below:
  • the left side of the figure shows the DMRS port configuration of the existing NR protocol.
  • the upper left table in the figure shows the subcarrier ID occupied by DMRS and the corresponding port index.
  • the figure below takes port 0 and port 1 as examples to illustrate the corresponding DMRS codeword sequence.
  • DMRS ports P0 and P1 the frequency domain subcarriers occupied in an RB are numbered ⁇ 0, 1, 6, 7 ⁇ , the codeword sequence corresponding to the P0 port is ⁇ +1, +1, +1, +1 ⁇ , and the codeword sequence corresponding to the P1 port is ⁇ +1, -1, +1, -1 ⁇ .
  • the P1 port occupies the same time-frequency resources as the P0 port, and is transmitted on the same time-frequency resources as the P0 port through code division orthogonality.
  • the table above and the figure below on the right give a code division multiplexing DMRS port expansion solution.
  • a group of ports are multiplexed through code division multiplexing (2 ports for single symbol, 4 ports for double symbol), corresponding to P12 and P13 on the right side of the above figure, the corresponding codeword sequences on the subcarrier numbers ⁇ 0, 1, 6, 7 ⁇ are ⁇ +1, +j, -1, -j ⁇ and ⁇ +1, -j, -1, +j ⁇ .
  • the multiplexing method of the remaining CDM groups is the same as that of CDM group 0. Through this technical means, it can be achieved The total number of DMRS ports multiplexed within the same time-frequency resources is doubled.
  • This expansion method can be extended to single-symbol and dual-symbol, Type 1 and Type 2 of DMRS configuration through the same sequence and mapping method.
  • the design scheme of uplink DMRS time-frequency resources and codeword sequences can adopt the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) sequence corresponding to Scheme 1
  • the design scheme of downlink DMRS time-frequency resources and codeword sequences can adopt the Walsh sequence corresponding to Scheme 2.
  • DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
  • the following provides the port number and time-frequency resource mapping formulas corresponding to the two schemes and the values of the variables in the formulas for each port (including CDM group index and OCC value).
  • is the subcarrier spacing parameter, is the DMRS symbol corresponding to the DMRS port p on the RE with index (k, l), is the power factor, w t (l′) is the time domain mask sequence element corresponding to the time domain symbol indexed as l′, w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask sequence element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′.
  • is the subcarrier offset factor, It is the symbol index of the starting time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS symbol or the symbol index of the reference time domain symbol.
  • the mask table representing the port index corresponding to the protocol can be as follows.
  • w f (2*(n mod 2)+k′) can be expressed as w f (k′′), and w f (k′) and k′ in the following table can be changed to w f (k′′) and k′′ respectively, that is, the value range of w f in formula (8) and formula (9) is the same.
  • Table 4-1 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1-E)
  • Table 4-2 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2-E)
  • Table 4-3 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1-E)
  • Table 4-4 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2-E)
  • a possible time-frequency resource mapping is as follows:
  • is the subcarrier spacing parameter, is the DMRS symbol corresponding to the DMRS port p on the RE with index (k, l), is the power factor, w t (l′) is the time domain mask sequence element corresponding to the time domain symbol indexed as l′, w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask sequence element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′.
  • is the subcarrier offset factor, It is the symbol index of the starting time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS symbol or the symbol index of the reference time domain symbol.
  • Table 4-6 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1 R18)
  • Table 4-7 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2 R18)
  • Table 4-8 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1 R18)
  • Table 4-9 Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2 R18)
  • DMRS when DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 8 ports are supported; when DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 16 ports are supported. When DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 12 ports are supported; when DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 24 ports are supported.
  • Table 5 the time-frequency resource mapping method of the extended antenna port can be shown in Table 5 below.
  • the NR protocol defines the DMRS symbols and time-frequency resource mapping methods corresponding to the DMRS port.
  • the network device notifies the terminal device of the DMRS port allocated.
  • the terminal device Based on the allocated DMRS port, the terminal device performs the DMRS signal reception and channel estimation process at the corresponding resource location in accordance with the DMRS symbol generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined in the protocol.
  • the DMRS port notification method defined in the NR protocol is as follows: high-level signaling semi-statically configures the DMRS type, and DCI signaling dynamically notifies the allocated DMRS port index, which is described in detail as follows:
  • RRC signaling configures the DMRS type and the number of occupied symbols.
  • the DMRS type used is configured through the high-level signaling DMRS-DownlinkConfig.
  • the specific signaling content is as follows:
  • the dmrs-Type field is used to indicate the DMRS type, that is, whether Type 1 DMRS or Type 2 DMRS is used.
  • the maxLength field is used to indicate the number of symbols, that is, the maximum length of the leading symbol is 1 or 2, which can be understood as single-symbol DMRS or double-symbol DMRS.
  • the maxLength field is len2, which means that two symbols are occupied. If the maxLength field is configured to len2, the network device can further indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or double-symbol DMRS is used through DCI signaling. If the maxLength field is not configured, 1-symbol DMRS is used.
  • DCI signaling notifies the allocated DMRS port index.
  • the DCI signaling may include an antenna port field.
  • the antenna port field is used to indicate the DMRS port index, and the index value corresponds to the index of one or more DMRS ports.
  • the NR protocol defines different DMRS port tables for different values of the dmrs-Type field and the maxLength field configuration.
  • the DMRS port indication table defined by the existing NR protocol corresponds to 2 DMRS types and 2 DMRS preamble symbol numbers as shown below.
  • the first column in the table is the indicated value of the DCI field "Antenna port", corresponding to the index value indicated by each port combination, the second column indicates the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the DMRS symbol in the current scheduling time, and the third column is the DMRS port index scheduled by the current terminal device. According to the port index and the aforementioned mapping relationship between the port index and the time-frequency resource, the time-frequency resource can be determined.
  • the fourth column in the table below is the number of pre-DMRS symbols currently scheduled. , the single symbol defaults to 1 and is not listed, and the double symbol corresponds to 1 or 2.
  • the terminal device can determine the DMRS port index corresponding to the currently scheduled PDSCH or PUSCH, and then the time-frequency resources and sequence occupied by the DMRS port, and at the same time determine the use of the time-frequency resources on the DMRS symbol, and then receive (PDSCH) or send (PUSCH) the DMRS port.
  • the Antenna port field in the DCI signaling indicates an index value, such as indicating an index value of 3, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the row where the index value 3 is located is 2, and the index of the DMRS port is 0. It can be understood that the DCI signaling indicates The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the symbol of the DMRS transmission indicated by the DCI signaling is 2 (or it can be understood that the number of CDM groups that transmit DMRS is 2), and the DMRS port index is 0.
  • the Antenna port field in the DCI signaling indicates an index value, such as indicating an index value of 2, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the row where the index value 2 is located is 1, and the index of the DMRS port is 0, 1. It can be understood that the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the symbol of the DMRS transmission indicated by the DCI signaling is 1 (or it can be understood that the number of CDM groups that transmit DMRS is 1), and the DMRS port index is 0, 1.
  • index value of an "Antenna port” can only be indicated to one terminal device at a scheduling time, but for the same scheduling time, the network device can indicate multiple different "Antenna port” index values to different terminal devices.
  • This scenario can be understood as multiple users transmitting PDSCH at the same scheduling time, that is, multi-user (Multi-User, MU) MIMO spatial division multiplexing is performed between multiple users.
  • the number of index values of "Antenna port" determines the DCI overhead of the field.
  • For Type1 single symbol there are 12 values from 0 to 11, so 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type1 double symbols, there are 31 values from 0 to 30, so 5 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 single symbol, there are 24 values from 0 to 23, so 5 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 double symbols, there are 58 values from 0 to 57, so 6 bits of overhead are required.
  • the DMRS port indication table of PUSCH corresponds to different port indication tables for different numbers of transmission streams (number of ranks).
  • the DMRS port indication table corresponding to the two DMRS types and two DMRS preamble symbol numbers defined in the existing NR protocol is shown.
  • the number of index values of "Antenna port” determines the DCI overhead of this field.
  • the difference from the downlink is that the value of the uplink "Antenna port” field is determined according to the maximum overhead under each rank (for example, the rank 1 DMRS port combination overhead is generally the largest).
  • the reason is that the rank number corresponding to the uplink PUSCH transmission is determined according to other DCI fields, while the rank number corresponding to the downlink PDSCH transmission is determined according to the "Antenna port" indication combined with the DMRS port number.
  • For Type1 single symbol 3 bits of overhead are required; for Type1 double symbols, 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 single symbol, 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 double symbols, 5 bits of overhead are required.
  • the DMRS port is expanded from a maximum of 12 ports in the prior art to a maximum of 24 ports.
  • the upper limit of the supported DMRS ports has been doubled, from a maximum of 4 ports to a maximum of 8 ports for Type 1 single symbol, from a maximum of 8 ports to a maximum of 16 ports for Type 1 double symbol, from a maximum of 6 ports to a maximum of 12 ports for Type 2 single symbol, and from a maximum of 12 ports to a maximum of 24 ports for Type 2 double symbol.
  • the aforementioned DCI port indication table is no longer used.
  • the antenna port determination method provided in this application is used to maximize the port combination indication, improve the flexibility of multi-user port scheduling, and minimize the indication overhead.
  • the communication system can be a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, a communication system related to the third generation partnership project (3GPP), a future evolving communication system (such as: a sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, etc.), or a system integrating multiple systems, etc., without limitation.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • a future evolving communication system such as: a sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, etc.
  • 6G sixth generation
  • the communication system 60 may include one or more network devices 601 (only one is shown) and one or more terminals (for example, For example, terminal 602-terminal 604).
  • the network device and the terminal have multiple transmitting antennas and receiving antennas.
  • the network device can provide wireless access services for the terminal.
  • each network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and the terminal entering the area can communicate with the network device through the air interface to receive the wireless access service provided by the network device.
  • the service coverage area may include one or more cells.
  • the terminal and the network device can communicate through an air interface link.
  • the air interface link can be divided into an uplink (UL) and a downlink (DL) according to the direction of the data transmitted thereon. Uplink data sent from the terminal to the network device can be transmitted on the UL, and downlink data transmitted from the network device to the terminal can be transmitted on the DL.
  • the terminal 603 is located in the coverage area of the network device 601, the network device 601 can send downlink data to the terminal 603 through the DL, and the terminal 603 can send uplink data to the network device 601 through the UL.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application can be any device with wireless transceiver function.
  • the network device 601 can be any device with wireless transceiver function. Including but not limited to: the evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE, the evolved base station (next generation eNB, ng-eNB) in the next generation LTE, the base station (gNodeB or gNB) or the transmission receiving point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP) in NR, the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, the access node in the Wi-Fi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless backhaul node, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a micro-micro base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support the networks of the same technology mentioned above, or they can support the networks of the different technologies mentioned above.
  • the base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs.
  • the network device can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may also be a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU).
  • the network device may also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device, or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the network device may be base stations of the same type or different types.
  • the base station may communicate with the terminal or communicate with the terminal through a relay station.
  • the terminal may communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal may communicate with a base station supporting an LTE network or a base station supporting a 5G network, and may also support dual connections with a base station of an LTE network and a base station of a 5G network.
  • the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device or used in combination with the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as an example that the network device is a network device.
  • terminal 602 terminal 603 or terminal 604 is a device with wireless transceiver function, such as customer premises equipment (CPE), user equipment or relay equipment.
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the terminal can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal can also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device can be a user equipment (UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with wireless communication function.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; or it may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal or used in combination with the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal as an example.
  • the terminal may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • a wearable device is not just a hardware device, but also a device that realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include devices that are fully functional, large in size, and can realize complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the terminal may be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal in the present application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC).
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal of the present application may be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the vehicle may implement the method of the present application through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application may be applied to vehicle networking, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), etc.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • the communication system 60 shown in Figure 6 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 60 may also include other devices, and the number of network devices and terminals may also be determined according to specific needs without limitation.
  • each network element or device in Figure 6 of the embodiment of the present application can also be referred to as a communication device, which can be a general device or a special device, and the embodiment of the present application does not make any specific limitations on this.
  • each network element or device e.g., network device 601, terminal 602, terminal 603, or terminal 604 in FIG. 6 of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices together, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. It is understandable that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform).
  • a platform e.g., a cloud platform
  • each network element or device shown in FIG6 can adopt the composition structure shown in FIG7, or include the components shown in FIG7.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 70 includes at least one processor 701 and at least one communication interface 704, which are used to implement the method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 70 may also include a communication line 702 and a memory 703.
  • Processor 701 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication link 702 may include a path to transmit information between the above components, such as a bus.
  • the communication interface 704 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
  • the communication interface 704 can be any transceiver-like device, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, a pin, a bus, or a transceiver circuit.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the memory 703 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 701 through the communication line 702.
  • the memory 703 may also be integrated with the processor 701.
  • the memory provided in the embodiment of the present application may generally have non-volatility.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or or other forms for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
  • the communication device 70 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 701 and the processor 707 in FIG7.
  • processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the communication device 70 may further include an output device 705 and/or an input device 706.
  • the output device 705 is coupled to the processor 701 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 705 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
  • the input device 706 is coupled to the processor 701 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 706 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • composition structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • transmission can be understood as sending and/or receiving according to the specific context.
  • Transmission can be a noun or a verb.
  • transmission is often used instead of sending and/or receiving.
  • the phrase “transmitting PUSCH” can be understood as “sending PUSCH” from the perspective of the terminal, and can be understood as “receiving PUSCH” from the perspective of the base station.
  • transmitting PUSCH can be understood by those skilled in the art as “transmitting information carried in PUSCH”.
  • A/B can indicate A or B
  • a and/or can be used to describe that there are three relationships between the associated objects, for example, A and/or B can indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or “at least one of A, B or C” are usually used to indicate any of the following: A exists alone; B exists alone; C exists alone; A and B exist at the same time; A and C exist at the same time; B and C exist at the same time; A, B and C exist at the same time.
  • the above uses A, B and C as examples to illustrate the optional items of the item.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like may be used to distinguish between technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like do not necessarily limit the differences.
  • the words “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations, and any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
  • used for indication can include direct indication and indirect indication, and can also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
  • indication information can include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry A.
  • the information indicated by a certain information (such as the first information, second information, third information, etc. described below) is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein the other information is associated with the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other part of the information to be indicated is known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by using the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (for example, stipulated by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the terminal and/or the network device may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or variations of various steps.
  • the various steps may be performed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application need to be performed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the network device can indicate one or more subsets of antenna port combinations to the terminal device through high-level signaling according to scheduling requirements, and then indicate one port combination in the subset of antenna port combinations. Since the number of port combination indexes in the subset of antenna port combinations is less than that in the full set, a smaller indication overhead can be used to achieve flexible scheduling of multiple users.
  • FIG8 takes a network device and a terminal as an example of the execution subject of the interaction diagram to illustrate the method, but the present application does not limit the execution subject of the interaction diagram.
  • the network device in FIG8 may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the network device to implement the method, or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the network device functions;
  • the terminal in FIG8 may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal to implement the method, or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the terminal functions.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal.
  • the network device determines the terminal scheduling status within a certain scheduling time and the index of the antenna port corresponding to each scheduled terminal, and sends first indication information to the terminal to indicate the antenna port combination for sending or receiving data corresponding to the terminal.
  • a scheduling time may be a time slot, or a time unit, a transmission time interval (TTI), a subframe, or a mini time slot, etc.
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination may be a port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the first port combination subset is a set including one or more antenna port combinations, such as including N antenna port combinations, each antenna port combination may include i antenna ports, and N and i are both positive integers.
  • the antenna port may be identified by a port number, such as the first port combination includes port 0 (port number 0) and port 1 (port number 1), which may be represented by [0, 1].
  • the first port combination subset may include: ⁇ 0, 1, [0, 1], [0-2], [0, 2] ⁇ .
  • port combination [0-2] exemplified in the above embodiment of the present application can be used to indicate an antenna port combination consisting of port 0, port 1 and port 2. This will not be repeated later.
  • the first indication information may include index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the first indication information may include an index value of the first port combination in the first port combination subset, such as the "Antenna port" value of the first column shown in the aforementioned port indication table.
  • the terminal may obtain one or more port numbers of the first port combination by querying the index value of the port combination included in the first indication information and the antenna port index table configured by the network device, i.e., the index information of the first port combination subset.
  • the first indication information may be carried in the DCI, that is, the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal may carry the first indication information for indicating the DMRS antenna port combination.
  • the DCI includes an "Antenna port" field for indicating The index value of the DMRS antenna port combination.
  • the terminal sends or receives a DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information of the above step 801, determines the first antenna port combination according to the index value of the antenna port combination indicated in the first indication information, and then transmits the DMRS through one or more antenna ports in the first antenna port combination.
  • the terminal can send DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first port combination, for example, sending DMRS through PUSCH.
  • the terminal can receive DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first port combination.
  • the terminal can receive DMRS through PDSCH and perform DMRS channel estimation based on the time-frequency resources and codeword sequence corresponding to the determined DMRS port index.
  • the method may further include the following steps:
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set, or to indicate the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the first port combination subset, or to indicate both of the first and the second.
  • the terminal can determine the set information of the antenna port combination configured by the network device for the terminal based on the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol indicated in the second indication information, such as whether the first port combination subset is configured, or whether the port combination set is configured.
  • the first port combination subset is a subset in the port combination set, and the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set.
  • the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, where M is a positive integer and N is less than M.
  • the port combination set i.e., the full set
  • the network device can indicate partial port configurations in the full set to the terminal according to the scheduling requirements of the terminal, such as one or more subsets of the full set, for example, indicating the first port combination subset including N antenna port combinations to the terminal to meet the transmission or reception requirements of the terminal.
  • the number of prefix symbols (or maximum length) corresponding to the port combination set is 1, then the number of prefix symbols (or maximum length) corresponding to the first port combination subset is also 1; if the number of prefix symbols corresponding to the port combination set and are 1 and 2 (or the maximum length is 2), then the number of prefix symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset can be 1 and 2 (that is, the maximum length is 2).
  • the first port combination subset may further include a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, the first port combination includes i antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j. That is, among the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset, at least two antenna port combinations have different numbers of antenna ports.
  • the first port combination subset may include multiple antenna port combinations with the same number of antennas, or may include multiple antenna port combinations with different numbers of antennas.
  • Method 1 Determine the first port combination subset according to the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponds to the second column “the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data” in the antenna port indication field table.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set
  • the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set
  • the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  • the port combination set can be divided into multiple subsets according to the "number of CDM groups that do not transmit data".
  • the port combination corresponds to the first port combination subset
  • Table 4-10 when the DMRS is configured as Type 1 or eType 1 (i.e., type 1 or enhanced type 1) and is a single symbol, a maximum of 8 ports can be supported through the port expansion scheme.
  • the DMRS configuration of type 1 involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to the aforementioned DMRS configuration of Type 1, or, refer to the DMRS configuration of enhanced type 1 eType 1; similarly, the DMRS configuration of type 2 may refer to the aforementioned DMRS configuration of Type 2, or, refer to the DMRS configuration of enhanced type 2 eType 2. This will not be repeated below.
  • the antenna port table here is only used as an example.
  • the port combination set may include all the port combinations in the following table, or only some of the port combinations in the following table, or other port combinations other than those in the following table.
  • the first port combination subset selection method included in the present invention is similar and can all take effect.
  • the three rows with index values of 9, 10 and 11 in the above table indicate that the corresponding antenna port combinations are defined as antenna port combinations for single user (SU) transmission. That is, it can be understood that when the network device indicates the antenna port combination corresponding to the above value to the terminal device, the network device will not schedule other antenna port combinations to other terminals at the same time.
  • SU single user
  • Type 1 type 1
  • the present application reduces the number of port combinations, i.e., the index value, by indicating a subset of the port combination set, as shown in Table 27 below.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be reduced.
  • Table 27 uses the second column "Number of CDM groups that do not transmit data" in Table 26 as a subset division method.
  • the network device can indicate all port combinations of the port combination set shown in Table 27 to the terminal device through the second indication information.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends a third indication information to the terminal, and the third indication information is used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data. That is, for the above-mentioned method 1, the network device can indicate to the terminal the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination subset, so that the terminal can determine the first port combination subset according to the antenna port configuration type indicated in the second indication information, the maximum length of the preamble symbol and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be 1, 2 or 3 (that is, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be 1 or 2).
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1, corresponding to the above Table 27, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 2, corresponding to the above Table 28.
  • Type 1 DMRS only contains There are two CDM groups, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1+2, which can be understood as the full set of DMRS combinations under this type, that is, the above Table 26.
  • the second indication information or the third indication information is carried in RRC signaling, or may also be carried in a media access control control element (MAC CE).
  • the second indication information and the third indication information may be carried in the same RRC signaling or the same MAC CE at the same time, such as when the network device sends a first RRC or a first MAC CE to the terminal, which includes the second indication information and the third indication information.
  • a subset of any port combination can satisfy part or all of the number of ports that can be supported by the antenna port combination of the full set of port combinations.
  • each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number, wherein the different antenna port numbers corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set.
  • the different antenna port numbers corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set.
  • each port combination corresponds to a port number value, the set of port number values corresponding to the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset is the first port number set, the set of port number values corresponding to the M port combinations included in the port combination set is the second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set.
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set, that is, the elements in the two sets are the same.
  • the second port number set corresponding to the full set of port combinations is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇
  • the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset can be ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ .
  • the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇
  • the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the second port number set corresponding to the full set of port combinations is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  • the number of ports corresponding to the multiple antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1 to 8.
  • the number of ports corresponding to the multiple antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1 to 4.
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination. That is, when the network device indicates the port combination to the terminal by sending the first indication information to the terminal, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data may be carried in the first indication information, so that the terminal determines the corresponding first port combination subset according to the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data, thereby further determining a group of antenna port combinations according to the index information of the port combination in the first indication information.
  • Table 27 includes 8 index values, which need to occupy at least 3 bits in the first indication information;
  • Table 28 includes 16 index values, which need to occupy 4 bits.
  • the implementation of the present application can save 1 or 2 bits of indication overhead.
  • the above-mentioned division and selection of DMRS port combination subsets by the number of DMRS CDM groups that do not transmit data can be applied to scenarios where multiple users correspond to different numbers of scheduled flows.
  • Type 1 single-symbol DMRS configuration type when the network device is a terminal configuration table 27, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired flows is 1 to 4 (the table supports a maximum of 4 ports of DMRS).
  • the network device can indicate that index 0 in table 27 corresponds to port 0 for terminal device 1, that index 1 in table 27 corresponds to port 1 for terminal device 2, that index 3 in table 27 corresponds to port 8 for terminal device 3, and that index 4 in table 27 corresponds to port 9 for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports 0/1/8/9 respectively on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of ⁇ 1+1+1+1 ⁇ .
  • the network device can indicate that index 2 in table 27 corresponds to port [0,1] for terminal device 1, and that index 5 in table 27 corresponds to port [8,9] for terminal device 2. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0,1]/[8,9] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a ⁇ 2+2 ⁇ MU pairing stream number combination.
  • the network device configures table 28 for the terminal, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 5 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS).
  • the network device configures total table 26 for the terminal, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS).
  • the network device can indicate that index 13 in table 28 corresponds to port [0, 1, 8, 9] for terminal device 1, and that index 15 in table 28 corresponds to port [2, 3, 10, 11] for terminal device 2. Then, for the current slot, terminal device 1/2 can simultaneously transmit PDSCH on ports [0, 1, 8, 9]/[2, 3, 10, 11] on the same time-frequency resource, forming a ⁇ 4+4 ⁇ MU configuration. Convection number combination.
  • the network device can indicate that index 7 in table 28 corresponds to port 9 for terminal device 1, that index 9 in table 28 corresponds to port 11 for terminal device 2, that index 12 in table 28 corresponds to port [0,1,8] for terminal device 3, and that index 14 in table 28 corresponds to port [2,3,10] for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of ⁇ 1+1+3+3 ⁇ .
  • the subset division of the Type 2 single-symbol DMRS port combination introduced in the aforementioned Table 4-10 can also be introduced.
  • Tables 30, 31 and 32 include 8 index values, 16 index values and 24 index values respectively, and the required indication overhead is 3 bits, 4 bits and 5 bits.
  • Table 29 Table 29A or Table 29B which includes 59 index values and the required indication overhead is 6 bits, the indication overhead can be reduced by 3/2/bits respectively.
  • the DMRS port subset selection method of the above method 1 selects the DMRS port combination subset by the number of DMRS CDM groups that do not send data, which can be applied to the scenario where multiple users correspond to different numbers of scheduled streams, thereby supporting MU-MIMO capabilities with higher numbers of transmission streams.
  • Type 2 single-symbol DMRS configuration type when the network device is a terminal configuration table 30, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 4 (the table supports a maximum of 4 ports of DMRS).
  • the network device can indicate that index 0 in table 30 corresponds to port 0 for terminal device 1, that index 1 in table 30 corresponds to port 1 for terminal device 2, that index 3 in table 30 corresponds to port 12 for terminal device 3, and that index 4 in table 30 corresponds to port 13 for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports 0/1/12/13 respectively on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of ⁇ 1+1+1+1 ⁇ .
  • the corresponding total number of paired streams is 5 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS); when the network device is terminal configuration table 32, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 9 to 12 (the table supports a maximum of 12 ports of DMRS); when the network device is terminal configuration table 29A/B, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 12 (the table supports a maximum of 12 ports of DMRS).
  • the network device can indicate for terminal device 1 that index 19 in table 32 corresponds to port [0, 1, 12, 13], and for terminal device 2 that index 21 in table 32 corresponds to port [2, 3, 14, 15]. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0, 1, 12, 13]/[2, 3, 14, 15] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a ⁇ 4+4 ⁇ MU pairing stream number combination.
  • Method 2 Divide the port combination subsets by the type of port combination.
  • the antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are divided into the following three types:
  • Category 1 which only includes existing antenna port combinations and port combinations supported by existing protocols, can also be called Cat. 1.
  • the existing antenna ports are port combinations of port numbers 0, 1, 2, and 3, corresponding to port combinations of index values 0 to 11.
  • Category 2 only includes the antenna port combination obtained by extension, that is, in addition to the antenna port combination supported by the existing protocol, the newly added port combination consisting of the enhanced DMRS extended antenna port can also be called Cat.2.
  • the newly extended port number can be 8, 9, 10, 11, and the port combination corresponding to the newly added port includes index values 12 to 20, or, optionally, it can also include a port combination corresponding to the index value 27 [9,11].
  • Category 3 among the antenna ports included in the above-mentioned categories 1 and 2, the port combination of the newly extended ports and the existing ports in the same CDM group can also be called Cat.3.
  • the multiple ports included in the port combinations [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9] or [2,3,10,11] are all in the same CDM group, corresponding to the port combination of index values 21 to 26.
  • the index value of the port combination corresponding to category 3 may be 22 to 27.
  • the index value of the port combination corresponding to category 3 may be 22 to 27.
  • the antenna port combination of class 1 can be further defined as the DMRS port that satisfies the aforementioned background technology formula (7) and Table 1/Table 2;
  • the antenna port of class 2 can be further defined as the DMRS port that satisfies the aforementioned formula (8) or formula (9), and Tables 4-1 to 4-4, and Tables 4-6 to 4-9.
  • the port combination set also includes B antenna port combinations, and the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations are the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset, which are associated with the first bias, and the first bias represents an offset value indicating the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
  • the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations included in the port combination set can be obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias. That is to say, there is a certain offset value between the port numbers of some antenna port combinations in the port combination subset and the port numbers of some antenna port combinations in the antenna port full set.
  • the value of B can be 9, that is, the offset value of the port numbers included in the 9 port combinations corresponding to the index values 0 to 8 and the port numbers included in the 9 port combinations corresponding to the index values 12 to 20 is 8, that is, there is a certain offset between the port numbers corresponding to the two types of port combinations in the port combination set, that is, some port numbers in the port combination class 1 can be obtained according to the first bias and the port number of the port combination class 2, and vice versa, the port number of the port combination class 2 can be obtained according to the first bias and the port number of the port combination class 1.
  • the first of the B port combinations included in the port combination set corresponds to index 0, the port combination is port 0, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 12 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 8; the third of the B port combinations included in the antenna port set corresponds to index 2, the port combination is port 0 and port 1, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 14 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 8 and port 9; the B port combinations may also include any one of indexes 0 to 8 in the antenna port set.
  • the port combination set shown in Table 33 and the first port combination subset shown in Table 34 or the port combination set shown in Table 33 and the first port combination subset shown in Table 35A-1.
  • the first port subset may include the port combination type described in category 1, or may include the port combination type described in category 2.
  • the first port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, that is, the antenna port combination corresponding to the above-mentioned class 1.
  • the port combination set includes B antenna port combinations, that is, the antenna port combination corresponding to the above-mentioned class 2.
  • the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are added to the first offset to obtain,
  • the first offset may be 8 or -8.
  • the first offset may be 12 or -12.
  • the first of the B port combinations included in the port combination set corresponds to index 0, the port combination is port 0, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 24 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 12; the third of the B port combinations included in the antenna port set corresponds to index 2, the port combination is port 0 and port 1, and the third of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 26 in the antenna port set.
  • the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer.
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to the six antenna port combinations whose port combination index values are 21 to 26 is 3 or 4.
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to the three antenna port combinations whose port combination index values are 9 to 11 is also 3 or 4.
  • A can be 9, that is, including port combinations with index values of 9 to 11 and index values of 21 to 26.
  • the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and C is a positive integer.
  • the first port combination subset may include the 6 antenna port combinations whose index values of the port combinations in Table 33 are 21 to 26.
  • C may be 6, that is, including port combinations with index values of 21 to 26.
  • the A antenna port combinations may include C antenna port combinations.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group. That is, the conditions described in class 3 of the aforementioned port combination type are met.
  • the first port subset may include the port combination type described in class 3, such as the port combination with index values 21 to 26 in Table 33.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups, such as the port combinations with index values of 9-11 in Table 33.
  • the first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 1.
  • the network device may allocate a port combination of class 1, class 2 or class 3 to the terminal as a port combination subset.
  • the network device configures the first port combination subset with port index numbers 1 to 11 in the terminal configuration table 33 through the second indication information, and then indicates one of the 12 port combinations through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits, as shown in the following table 34.
  • the network device configures the first port combination subset with port index numbers 12 to 20 in the terminal configuration table 33 through the second indication information, and then indicates one of the 9 port combinations through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
  • the first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 2 and the port combination types described in category 3.
  • the network device configures the port combinations of class 2 and class 3 in the terminal configuration table 33 to form a first port combination subset through the second indication information, as shown in the following Table 35 (including Table 35A-1 and Table 35B-1). Then, one of the 15 or 16 port combinations is indicated through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
  • the network device can indicate the port combination [9,11]/[0,1,8]/[2,3,10] corresponding to index 9/12/14 for terminal devices 1/2/3, respectively, to form a MU pairing flow number combination of ⁇ 2+3+3 ⁇ .
  • the network device can indicate the port combination [0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11] corresponding to index 13/15 for terminal devices 1/2, respectively, to form a MU pairing flow number combination of ⁇ 4+4 ⁇ .
  • the first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 1 and the port combination types described in category 3.
  • the network device configures the port combinations of class 1 and class 3 in the terminal configuration table 33 to form a first port combination subset through the second indication information, as shown in the following table 36 (including 36A-1 or 36B-1). Then, one of the 16 port combinations is indicated through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
  • the three port combinations included in class 1: [0-2], [0-3] and [0,2] are suitable for single-user SU scheduling, and these three port combinations may not be included in the first port combination subset.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations
  • the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations are obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias.
  • the second port combination subset may include the port combination types described in the aforementioned class 1 or class 2, wherein the port numbers of the B port combinations are obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias.
  • the first port combination subset is the aforementioned table 35B-2
  • the second port combination subset is the aforementioned table 36B-2 as an example, which may include the following three specific scheduling situations:
  • Scheduling 1 4 terminals form a MU pairing flow number combination of ⁇ 2+2+2+2 ⁇ .
  • the full set index corresponds to ⁇ 7+8+19+20 ⁇
  • the port combination corresponds to ⁇ [0,1]+[2,3]+[8,9]+[10,11] ⁇ .
  • the port combination subset provided in the present application, the first port combination subset is configured for 2 terminals, and the second port combination subset is configured for the other 2 terminals.
  • the MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned configuration full set can also be achieved, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
  • Scheduling 2 3 terminals form a MU pairing stream number combination of ⁇ 2+3+3 ⁇ . Among them, take the case where all 3 terminals are configured with the full set of port combinations, and the full set index corresponds to ⁇ 23+25+27 ⁇ , and the port combination corresponds to ⁇ [0,1,8]+[2,3,10]+[9,11] ⁇ .
  • the first port combination subset can be configured for 2 terminals, and the second port combination subset can be configured for another terminal; or, the first port combination subset can be configured for 1 terminal and the second port combination subset can be configured for the other 2 terminals, which can also achieve the MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned port combination, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
  • Scheduling 3 8 terminals form a MU pairing flow number combination of ⁇ 1+1+1+1+1+1+1 ⁇ . Among them, take the case where all 8 terminals are configured with the full set of port combinations, and the full set index corresponds to ⁇ 3+4+5+6+15+16+17+18 ⁇ , and the port combination corresponds to ⁇ 0+1+2+3+8+9+10+11 ⁇ .
  • 4 terminals can be equipped with the first port combination subset, and the other 4 terminals can be equipped with the second port combination subset, and the MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned full set of configurations can also be achieved, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
  • the antenna port set further includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4
  • the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  • the second port subset may include C antenna port combinations with a number of antenna ports of 3 or 4, such as the six port combinations of index numbers 22-27 in the aforementioned Table 33, where C may be 6.
  • the first port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 1 + class 3; the second port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 2 + class 3.
  • the solution 1 can also be replaced by: the first port combination subset includes: the port combination of class 1+class 3-SU; the second port combination subset includes: the port combination of class 2+class 3.
  • the network device can divide the port combination set into the aforementioned indication table 36A-1 and table 35A-1 of the port combination subset; or, divide it into the aforementioned indication table 36B-1 and table 35B-1 of the port combination subset.
  • SU refers to the scheduling scenario of a single user with index values 9 to 11 corresponding to the table, that is, when the network device indicates any one of the three port combinations to the terminal device, the network device will not schedule other antenna port combinations to other terminals at the same time.
  • the first port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 1; the second port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 2 + class 3.
  • the network device may divide the port combination set into the aforementioned indication table 34 and table 35A-1 of the port combination subset, or divide into the aforementioned indication table 34 and table 35B-1 of the port combination subset).
  • the port combination set can be divided into at least one subset, reducing the number of port combinations configured for the terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead for indicating specific port combinations.
  • the capabilities of the number of transmission streams corresponding to the port combinations contained in class 1 and class 2 are basically the same, and the newly added class 3 port combination can make the DMRS port combination supporting 3 to 4 transmission streams occupy only one CDM group, thereby achieving the effect of improving spectrum efficiency and improving MU multiplexing capability.
  • the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8. As shown in Tables 33 to 36, for a single-symbol DMRS type 1, when two codewords are enabled, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the antenna port combination is 5 to 8, and D may be 4, that is, including four antenna port combinations corresponding to index numbers 0 to 3.
  • the DCI used to carry the first indication information may also include a transmission configuration indication (TCI) field, and all code points in the TCI field are mapped to a TCI state.
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • the port combination set provided in the embodiment of the present application is not applicable to the following scenario: when at least one code point in the TCI field included in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal is mapped to two TCI states.
  • the division of the port combination subsets of the Type 2 single-symbol DMRS described in the aforementioned Table 4-10 may also be introduced.
  • the DMRS when configured as Type 2 (i.e., type 2) and is a single symbol, a maximum of 12 ports can be supported through the port expansion scheme.
  • Type 2 i.e., type 2
  • the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1 or Scheme 2 in the above-mentioned method 2.
  • the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1 + class 3-SU, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 37A-1 and Table 37A-2.
  • the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1 + class 3-SU, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 38B-1 and Table 38B-2.
  • the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 2, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained, including: port combinations of class 1, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Tables 39A-1 and As shown in Table 39A-2.
  • the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 2, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 40B-1 and Table 40B-2.
  • the first port combination subset Cat2+Cat3
  • the second port combination subset Cat1+Cat-SU.
  • the first port combination subset Cat2+Cat3
  • the second port combination subset Cat1.
  • the first port combination subset Cat2+Cat3
  • the second port combination subset Cat1+Cat-SU.
  • the first port combination subset Cat2+Cat3
  • the second port combination subset Cat1.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can be a terminal in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal, or a component that can be used for the terminal; or, the communication device can be a network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used for the network device.
  • the above terminal or network device, etc. includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the present application.
  • the processing performed by the above terminal is not limited to being performed by only a single network element, and the processing performed by the above network device is not limited to being performed by only a single network element.
  • the processing performed by the network device can be performed by at least one of the central unit (CU), the distributed unit (DU) and the remote unit (RU).
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the terminal or network device according to the above method example.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG9 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 90.
  • the communication device 90 includes a transceiver module 901.
  • the communication device 90 may also include a processing module 902.
  • the transceiver module 901 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the processing module 902 which may also be referred to as a processing unit, may be used to perform operations other than transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor.
  • the communication device 90 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 9 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 90 is used to implement the functions of a terminal.
  • the communication device 90 is, for example, the terminal described in the embodiment shown in FIG8 .
  • the transceiver module 901 is used to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M.
  • the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to send or receive a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set
  • the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
  • the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
  • the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set
  • the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set
  • the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  • the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  • the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations is obtained by adding the antenna port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset to a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
  • the first offset is 8 or -8.
  • the first offset is 12 or -12.
  • the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
  • the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  • the plurality of antenna port combinations corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset antenna ports are in the same CDM group, C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4
  • the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  • the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  • At least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  • the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  • the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  • the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  • the communication device 90 is used to implement the function of a network device.
  • the communication device 90 is, for example, the network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG8 .
  • the transceiver module 901 is used to send first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i and j are not equal; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to send or receive a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set
  • different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set
  • the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to one antenna port number
  • the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  • the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
  • the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
  • the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set
  • the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set
  • the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  • the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  • the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond one to one with the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ...B ⁇ , wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations is obtained by adding the antenna port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset to a first bias, and the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
  • the first offset is 8 or -8.
  • the first offset is 12 or -12.
  • the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
  • the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  • the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset
  • the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4
  • the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  • the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  • multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  • At least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  • the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  • the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  • the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  • the communication device 90 may be in the form shown in Figure 7.
  • the processor 701 in Figure 7 may call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703 to enable the communication device 90 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 901 and the processing module 902 in FIG9 can be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 902 in FIG9 can be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703
  • the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 901 in FIG9 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in FIG7.
  • one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two.
  • the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and a processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
  • the processor can be built into a SoC (system on chip) or ASIC can also be an independent semiconductor chip.
  • SoC system on chip
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor can also further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • an artificial intelligence processor an ASIC
  • SoC SoC
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable gate array
  • a dedicated digital circuit a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the above embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above communication device, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above communication device and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as a computer, a processor, an access network device, a mobility management network element or a session management network element, etc.).
  • the program may be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium or in the above computer program product.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including: the network device and terminal in the above embodiment.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications. Provided are a communication method and apparatus, which are used for solving the problem of an existing port indication being inapplicable when the number of antenna ports increases. The method comprises: receiving first indication information, which is used for indicating a first port combination, wherein the first port combination comprises a number i of antenna ports, the first port combination is one port combination in a first port combination sub-set, the first port combination sub-set is one sub-set in a port combination set, the first port combination sub-set comprises a number N of antenna port combinations, and the port combination set comprises a number M of antenna port combinations, i, N and M all being positive integers and N being less than M; and sending or receiving a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) according to the antenna ports comprised in the first port combination.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
本申请要求于2023年04月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202310411249.0、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 7, 2023, with application number 202310411249.0 and application name “A Communication Method and Device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background Art
在通信系统中,解调参考信号(Demodulation reference signal,DMRS)用于接收端估计数据信道(如物理下行共享信道或物理上行共享信道)或控制信道(如物理下行控制信道)经历的等效信道矩阵,从而用于数据的检测和解调。以物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)为例,DMRS采用与PDSCH相同的预编码矩阵,以保证DMRS和PDSCH经历相同的等效信道。当网络设备接收到DMRS和PDSCH后,可以根据DMRS进行等效信道估计,进而解调PDSCH中承载的数据。In the communication system, the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) is used by the receiving end to estimate the equivalent channel matrix experienced by the data channel (such as the physical downlink shared channel or the physical uplink shared channel) or the control channel (such as the physical downlink control channel), so as to detect and demodulate the data. Taking the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) as an example, DMRS uses the same precoding matrix as PDSCH to ensure that DMRS and PDSCH experience the same equivalent channel. When the network device receives DMRS and PDSCH, it can perform equivalent channel estimation based on DMRS and then demodulate the data carried in PDSCH.
目前,协议定义了DMRS端口号对应的DMRS符号和时频资源映射方法,网络设备在调度数据时,可以向终端指示相应的DMRS端口,包括DMRS端口数以及DMRS端口号。为了保证信道估计的质量,通常不同DMRS端口为正交端口,不同DMRS端口对应的DMRS符号在频域、时频或码域正交。终端基于分配的DMRS端口,按照协议定义的DMRS信号产生方法和时频资源映射规则,进行对应的数据传输。目前的DMRS端口指示方法,可以包括通过高层信令半静态配置DMRS类型和符号数,通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)动态通知分配的DMRS端口索引。At present, the protocol defines the DMRS symbols and time-frequency resource mapping methods corresponding to the DMRS port number. When scheduling data, the network equipment can indicate the corresponding DMRS port to the terminal, including the DMRS port number and the DMRS port number. In order to ensure the quality of channel estimation, different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports, and the DMRS symbols corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain. Based on the allocated DMRS port, the terminal performs corresponding data transmission in accordance with the DMRS signal generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined in the protocol. The current DMRS port indication method may include semi-statically configuring the DMRS type and number of symbols through high-level signaling, and dynamically notifying the allocated DMRS port index through downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
现有相关技术中,系统最大支持12个正交的DMRS端口。而随着终端数量的增加,以及通信场景中传输流数的增加,12个DMRS端口可能无法满足通信系统对传输层数的要求。可以通过增加DMRS占用的时域单元、提升频分复用程度或提升码分复用程度等方案,用以增加正交的DMRS端口。例如,通过码分复用增强技术可以将相同时频资源内复用的DMRS端口总数最多扩展至24个。基于此,目前的DMRS端口的指示方式不再适用,需要设计新的DMRS端口指示方式。In the existing related technologies, the system supports a maximum of 12 orthogonal DMRS ports. However, with the increase in the number of terminals and the increase in the number of transmission streams in the communication scenarios, 12 DMRS ports may not be able to meet the requirements of the communication system for the number of transmission layers. The orthogonal DMRS ports can be increased by increasing the time domain unit occupied by DMRS, increasing the degree of frequency division multiplexing, or increasing the degree of code division multiplexing. For example, the total number of DMRS ports multiplexed in the same time-frequency resources can be expanded to a maximum of 24 through code division multiplexing enhancement technology. Based on this, the current DMRS port indication method is no longer applicable, and a new DMRS port indication method needs to be designed.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用于解决当天线端口数量扩展之后,现有的端口指示当时不再适用的问题。The present application provides a communication method and device for solving the problem that the existing port indication is no longer applicable after the number of antenna ports is expanded.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above purpose, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M;所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同;根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: receiving first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set; and a demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna ports included in the first port combination.
上述实施方式,当天线端口数量扩展之后,天线端口组合随之增多,网络设备可以为终端配置端口组合集合中的部分端口组合,即第一端口组合子集,并通过第一指示信息指示第一端口组合子集中的其中一个端口组合,如第一端口组合,从而减少为终端配置的端口组合数量来达到降低指示信息的信令开销,尽可能实现多用户端口调度。In the above implementation mode, when the number of antenna ports is expanded, the number of antenna port combinations increases accordingly. The network device can configure some port combinations in the port combination set for the terminal, that is, the first port combination subset, and indicate one of the port combinations in the first port combination subset through the first indication information, such as the first port combination, thereby reducing the number of port combinations configured for the terminal to reduce the signaling overhead of the indication information and realize multi-user port scheduling as much as possible.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。In one embodiment, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number.
上述的实施方式,每个端口组合对应一个端口数的取值,第一端口组合子集包含的N个端口组合对应的端口数取值集合为第一端口数集合,端口组合集合包含的M个端口组合对应的端口数取 值集合为第二端口数集合,第一端口数集合为第二端口数集合的子集。In the above implementation mode, each port combination corresponds to a port number value, the port number value set corresponding to the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset is the first port number set, and the port number value set corresponding to the M port combinations included in the port combination set is The value set is a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。进一步的,任一端口组合子集对应的端口数取值与全集相同,从而能够满足端口组合全集的天线端口组合所能够支持的全部端口数量,从而能够使得网络设备为终端配置端口子集也能满足端口组合全集所支持的传输流数,不影响传输效率。In one implementation, the first port number set is equal to the second port number set. Further, the port number value corresponding to any port combination subset is the same as the full set, so that the total number of ports supported by the antenna port combination of the full set of port combinations can be satisfied, so that the network device can configure the port subset for the terminal to meet the number of transmission streams supported by the full set of port combinations without affecting the transmission efficiency.
在一种实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型和前置符号的最大长度。In one embodiment, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
上述的实施方式,网络设备可以向终端发送第二指示信息,用来为终端指示配置的端口组合子集和/或端口组合全集,第二指示信息中可以携带天线端口配置类型和前置符号的最大长度,从而终端可以根据天线端口配置类型和前置符号的最大长度确定配置的端口组合子集和/或端口组合全集。In the above-mentioned implementation mode, the network device can send a second indication information to the terminal to indicate the configured port combination subset and/or the full set of port combinations for the terminal. The second indication information can carry the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the prefix symbol, so that the terminal can determine the configured port combination subset and/or the full set of port combinations based on the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the prefix symbol.
在一种实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。In one embodiment, the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。其中,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以同时承载于一条RRC信令或MAC CE中,从而能够节省信令开销。In one implementation, the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or carried in the first MAC CE. The second indication information and the third indication information can be carried in one RRC signaling or MAC CE at the same time, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。其中,第一指示信息可以携带第一端口组合在第一端口组合子集中的索引值,由于第一端口组合子集是端口组合全集中的一部分,端口组合的数量相对全集较少,因此,用于指示其中一个端口组合的索引值所占用的指示位也相对全集较少,可以降低指示的信令开销。In one implementation, the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset. The first indication information may carry an index value of the first port combination in the first port combination subset. Since the first port combination subset is a part of the port combination full set, the number of port combinations is relatively small compared to the full set. Therefore, the indication bits occupied by the index value used to indicate one of the port combinations are also relatively small compared to the full set, which can reduce the signaling overhead of the indication.
在一种实施方式中,若第一端口组合子集的天线端口配置类型为类型一,则第一端口组合子集包括的所述N个天线端口组合对应的端口数量包括1~8。In one implementation, if the antenna port configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one, the number of ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1-8.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。In one embodiment, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
上述实施方式中,可以基于不传输数据的CDM组个数作为端口组合子集的划分依据,即可以将端口组合集合中不传输数据的CDM组个数相同的端口组合划分在同一个端口组合子集,例如,端口组合集合中M个端口组合的不传输数据的CDM组个数为1或2,则第一端口组合子集中可以仅包括不传输数据的CDM组个数为1的多个端口组合,或者,第一端口组合子集中可以仅包括不传输数据的CDM组个数为2的多个端口组合,或者,第一端口组合子集中可以仅包括不传输数据的CDM组个数为1以及不传输数据的CDM组个数为2多个端口组合。In the above implementation, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be used as a basis for dividing the port combination subsets, that is, the port combinations with the same number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the port combination set can be divided into the same port combination subset. For example, if the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the M port combinations in the port combination set is 1 or 2, then the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 1 CDM group that does not transmit data, or the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 2 CDM groups that do not transmit data, or the first port combination subset may only include multiple port combinations with 1 CDM group that does not transmit data and 2 CDM groups that do not transmit data.
在一种实施方式中,第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。In one implementation, the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
示例性的,以天线端口配置类型为类型一,前置符号的最大长度为1作为示例,现有协议中包括端口0和1,扩展的DMRS端口包括端口8和端口9,端口组合集合可以包括如下表所示。则可以将不传输数据的CDM组数量为1的多个端口组合划分为第一端口组合子集,如下表所示。Exemplarily, taking the antenna port configuration type as type 1 and the maximum length of the preamble symbol as 1 as an example, the existing protocol includes ports 0 and 1, the extended DMRS ports include ports 8 and 9, and the port combination set may include as shown in the following table. Then, multiple port combinations in which the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1 may be divided into a first port combination subset, as shown in the following table.
端口组合集合

Port combination set

第一端口组合子集
First port combination subset
进一步的,可以将不传输数据的CDM组数量为2的多个端口组合划分为第二端口组合子集,如下表所示。Further, a plurality of port combinations in which the number of CDM groups not transmitting data is 2 may be divided into a second port combination subset, as shown in the following table.
第二端口组合子集

Second Port Combination Subset

可知,端口组合子集中的索引值的数量较端口组合全集的索引值数量减少,因此,第一指示信息所需的指示开销较小。It can be seen that the number of index values in the port combination subset is smaller than the number of index values in the port combination full set, and therefore, the indication overhead required for the first indication information is smaller.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。In one embodiment, the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集包括B个天线端口组合,第二端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联;其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, the second port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset correspond one-to-one to the B port combinations in the first port combination subset; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias.
示例性的,以天线端口配置类型为类型一,前置符号的最大长度为1作为示例,B可以为9,即第一端口组合子集中可以包括以下索引值为0~8对应的这9个端口组合,可以根据端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的任一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置得到。第一/二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合可以如下表所示:
Exemplarily, taking the antenna port configuration type as type 1 and the maximum length of the preamble symbol as 1 as an example, B can be 9, that is, the first port combination subset can include the following 9 port combinations corresponding to index values 0 to 8, which can be obtained according to all antenna port numbers corresponding to any port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first offset. The B port combinations in the first/second port combination subset can be shown in the following table:
在一种实施方式中,所述相关联包括相加运算,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8。In one implementation, the association includes an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
在一种实施方式中,所述相关联包括相加运算,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12。In one implementation, the associating includes an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。 In one implementation, the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4。In one implementation, the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
示例性的,以天线端口配置类型为类型一,前置符号的最大长度为1作为示例,C可以为6,即第一端口组合子集中可以包括以下6个端口组合,[0,1,8],[0,1,8,9],[0,1,8],[0,1,8,9],[2,3,10],[2,3,10,11]。其中,端口0,1,8,9在同一个CDM组,端口2,3,10,11在同一个CDM组。Exemplarily, taking the antenna port configuration type as type 1 and the maximum length of the preamble symbol as 1 as an example, C can be 6, that is, the first port combination subset can include the following 6 port combinations, [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9], [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9], [2,3,10], [2,3,10,11]. Among them, ports 0,1,8,9 are in the same CDM group, and ports 2,3,10,11 are in the same CDM group.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;所述至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,所述端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。In one implementation, at least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。In one implementation, the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。In one implementation, the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
在一种实施方式中,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。In one implementation, if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M;所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同;根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, the method comprising: sending first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i and j are not equal; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set; and a demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna ports included in the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。In one embodiment, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。In one implementation, the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
在一种实施方式中,该方法还包括:发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型和前置符号的最大长度。In one implementation, the method further includes: sending second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,该方法还包括:发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。In one embodiment, the method further includes: sending third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。In one implementation, the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。 In one embodiment, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。In one implementation, the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。In one embodiment, the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,第二端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联;其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset correspond one-to-one to the B port combinations in the first port combination subset; wherein the B port combinations in the second port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset and a first bias.
在一种实施方式中,相关联可以包括相加运算,若所述第一端口组合子集口DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8。In one implementation, the associating may include an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset port is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
在一种实施方式中,相关联可以包括相加运算,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12。In one implementation, the associating may include an addition operation, and if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合的任一个端口组合对对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。In one implementation, the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and A is less than or equal to M.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合的任一个端口组合对对应的天线端口数量为3或4。In one implementation, the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合的任一个端口组合对对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。In one implementation, at least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合的任一个端口组合对对应的天线端口数量为5至8。In one implementation, the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination pair of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。In one implementation, the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
在一种实施方式中,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。In one implementation, if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括收发模块,所述收发模块用于发送或接收信号或数据,还可以包括处理模块,所述处理模块用于实现除发送或接收以外的步骤,所述通信装置用于执行如上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a transceiver module, which is used to send or receive signals or data, and may also include a processing module, which is used to implement steps other than sending or receiving, and the communication device is used to execute any method as described in any one of the first aspects above.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括收发模块,所述收发模块用于发送或接收信号或数据,还可以包括处理模块,所述处理模块用于实现除发送或接收以外的步骤,所述通信装置用于执行如上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a transceiver module, which is used to send or receive signals or data, and may also include a processing module, which is used to implement steps other than sending or receiving. The communication device is used to execute any method as described in the second aspect above.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置。所述装置包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;所述存储 器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得所述装置执行如上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory; the memory The device is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the device performs the method as described in any one of the first aspects above.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置。所述装置包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得所述装置执行如上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, so that the device performs any method as described in any one of the second aspects above.
第七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在被所述计算机调用时用于使所述计算机执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when the computer-executable instructions are called by the computer, the computer is used to cause the computer to execute any one of the methods described in the first aspect.
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在被所述计算机调用时用于使所述计算机执行上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when the computer-executable instructions are called by the computer, the computer is used to cause the computer to execute any one of the methods in the second aspect.
第九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机如执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。According to a ninth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
第十方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机如执行上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned second aspects.
第十一方面,提供一种芯片。所述芯片位于中继设备内,所述芯片包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令。当所述指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述中继设备执行如上述第一方面中任一项所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided. The chip is located in a relay device, the chip includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the relay device performs the method as described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
第十二方面,提供一种芯片。所述芯片位于网络设备内,所述芯片包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令。当所述指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述网络设备执行如上述第二方面中任一项所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip is located in a network device, the chip includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the network device performs the method as described in any one of the above second aspects.
第十三方面,提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括如上述第三方面中任一项所述的通信装置,和上述第四方面中任一项所述的通信装置。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, comprising a communication device as described in any one of the third aspect and a communication device as described in any one of the fourth aspect.
可以理解地,上述提供的任一种中继的通信方法、通信装置、通信系统、计算机程序产品、计算机可读存储介质或芯片等,均可以由上文所提供的对应的方法来实现,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文第一方面中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that any of the relay communication methods, communication devices, communication systems, computer program products, computer-readable storage media or chips, etc. provided above can be implemented by the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the first aspect above and will not be repeated here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为一种时频资源的示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency resource;
图2为单符号的Type 1 DMRS时频资源映射的示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the time-frequency resource mapping of Type 1 DMRS for a single symbol;
图3为双符号的Type 1 DMRS时频资源映射的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of dual-symbol Type 1 DMRS time-frequency resource mapping;
图4为单符号的Type 2 DMRS时频资源映射的示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the time-frequency resource mapping of Type 2 DMRS for a single symbol;
图5A为双符号的Type 2 DMRS时频资源映射的示意图;FIG5A is a schematic diagram of dual-symbol Type 2 DMRS time-frequency resource mapping;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的DMRS端口扩展后的端口配置示意图;FIG5B is a schematic diagram of port configuration after DMRS port expansion according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In the following, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" or "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that, in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a specific way.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施 例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will be combined with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application to clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. For example, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without making any creative work are within the scope of protection of this application.
首先,对本申请实施例的实施环境和应用场景进行简单介绍。First, the implementation environment and application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced.
1、资源块(resource block,RB)1. Resource block (RB)
在无线资源中,在时域上最小的资源粒度可以是一个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号(symbol),可简称为符号。在频域上,最小的资源粒度可以是一个子载波。一个OFDM符号和一个子载波可组成一个资源元素(resource element,RE),一个时隙(slot)和频域上连续的12个子载波可组成一个RB。其中,一个时隙可包括时域上多个连续的OFDM符号,例如,一个时隙包括12个连续的OFDM符号或14个连续的OFDM符号等。In wireless resources, the smallest resource granularity in the time domain can be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, which can be referred to as a symbol. In the frequency domain, the smallest resource granularity can be a subcarrier. An OFDM symbol and a subcarrier can form a resource element (RE), and a time slot and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain can form an RB. Among them, a time slot can include multiple consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain, for example, a time slot includes 12 consecutive OFDM symbols or 14 consecutive OFDM symbols, etc.
如图1所示,为一种时频资源的示意图。在图1中,物理层在进行资源映射的时候,是以RE为基本单位,RB是数据信道分配的频域基本调度单位,一个RB包括频域上连续的12个子载波和时域上连续的14个OFDM符号。As shown in Figure 1, it is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency resource. In Figure 1, when the physical layer performs resource mapping, RE is used as the basic unit, RB is the basic scheduling unit in the frequency domain for data channel allocation, and one RB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain and 14 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain.
可以理解的,图1仅是RB的示意图,在具体应用中,RB可以包括比图1所示更多或更少的子载波,不予限制。It can be understood that FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram of an RB, and in a specific application, an RB may include more or fewer subcarriers than those shown in FIG. 1 , without limitation.
另外,本申请实施例不限制相邻子载波之间的频率间隔(即子载波间隔)。例如,本申请实施例中,子载波间隔可以是15KHz、30KHz,60KHz,120KHz或240KHz等。其中,不同子载波间隔可以对应不同的OFDM符号长度。In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the frequency interval (i.e., subcarrier spacing) between adjacent subcarriers. For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the subcarrier spacing may be 15KHz, 30KHz, 60KHz, 120KHz, or 240KHz, etc. Different subcarrier spacings may correspond to different OFDM symbol lengths.
2、空间层2. Spatial layer
对于空间复用多输入多输出(multiple input multiple output,MIMO)系统,在相同时频资源上可以同时传输多路并行数据流,每一路数据流称为一个空间层或传输层或空间流或传输流或流。For a spatial multiplexing multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system, multiple parallel data streams can be transmitted simultaneously on the same time-frequency resources. Each data stream is called a spatial layer or transport layer or spatial stream or transport stream or stream.
3、正交掩码(orthogonal cover code,OCC)3. Orthogonal cover code (OCC)
任意两个序列都是正交的序列组。在一个码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)组(group)中采用OCC来保证端口的正交性,从而减小端口之间传输的参考信号(reference signal,RS)的干扰。示例性的,以一个CDM组占用4个RE为例,该CDM组提供4个正交端口,这4个正交端口通过4个OCC来保证端口的正交性。例如,第一个端口的OCC为[1,1,1,1],第二个端口的OCC为[1,-1,1,-1],第三个端口的OCC为[1,1,-1,-1],第四个端口的OCC为[1,-1,-1,1]。Any two sequences are orthogonal sequence groups. OCC is used in a code division multiplexing (CDM) group to ensure the orthogonality of the ports, thereby reducing the interference of the reference signal (RS) transmitted between the ports. For example, taking a CDM group occupying 4 REs as an example, the CDM group provides 4 orthogonal ports, and these 4 orthogonal ports use 4 OCCs to ensure the orthogonality of the ports. For example, the OCC of the first port is [1,1,1,1], the OCC of the second port is [1,-1,1,-1], the OCC of the third port is [1,1,-1,-1], and the OCC of the fourth port is [1,-1,-1,1].
4、天线端口4. Antenna port
本申请实施例中,天线端口可以理解为被接收端所识别的发射天线,或者在空间上可以区分的发射天线。天线端口可以根据与该天线端口相关联的参考信号进行定义。一个天线端口可以是发射端设备上的一根物理天线,也可以是发射端设备上多根物理天线的加权组合。在本申请实施例中,在未作出特别说明的情况下,一个天线端口对应一个参考信号。In the embodiment of the present application, an antenna port can be understood as a transmitting antenna identified by the receiving end, or a transmitting antenna that can be distinguished in space. An antenna port can be defined based on a reference signal associated with the antenna port. An antenna port can be a physical antenna on a transmitting device, or a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas on a transmitting device. In the embodiment of the present application, unless otherwise specified, one antenna port corresponds to one reference signal.
天线端口用于承载具体的物理信道、物理信号中至少一种。以DMRS端口为例,DMRS端口即为承载DMRS的天线端口。通过相同天线端口所发送的信号,无论这些信号是否是通过相同或不同的物理天线发送,这些信号在空间传输所经历的路径所对应的信道可视为相同或者相关。也就是说,在相同的天线端口所发送的信号,接收端在解调时可以认为其信道相同或者相关。换言之,天线端口定义了在某个符号上的信道。若两个符号的天线端口一样,则在一个符号上的信道可以通过另一个符号上的信道推知。The antenna port is used to carry at least one of a specific physical channel and a physical signal. Taking the DMRS port as an example, the DMRS port is the antenna port that carries the DMRS. The signals sent through the same antenna port, regardless of whether these signals are sent through the same or different physical antennas, the channels corresponding to the paths experienced by these signals in spatial transmission can be considered to be the same or related. In other words, the signals sent from the same antenna port can be considered to have the same or related channels when demodulated by the receiving end. In other words, the antenna port defines the channel on a certain symbol. If the antenna ports of two symbols are the same, the channel on one symbol can be inferred from the channel on another symbol.
在本申请实施例中,以端口号为例来标识天线端口。端口号还可以有其他名称,例如端口索引、端口标识等,本申请实施例不进行具体限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the port number is used as an example to identify the antenna port. The port number may also have other names, such as port index, port identification, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
5、DMRS5. DMRS
解调参考信号DMRS可以用于估计等效信道,例如,可以利用DMRS对物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)进行等效信道估计,以便对下行数据相干解调。其中,PDSCH用于承载下行数据,DMRS是和PDSCH伴随着传输的。通常DMRS位于PDSCH所占时隙的前几个符号。为了保证信道估计的质量,通常不同DMRS端口为正交端口。不同DMRS端口对应的DMRS在频域、时频或码域正交。The demodulation reference signal DMRS can be used to estimate the equivalent channel. For example, DMRS can be used to perform equivalent channel estimation on the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in order to coherently demodulate the downlink data. Among them, PDSCH is used to carry downlink data, and DMRS is transmitted along with PDSCH. Usually DMRS is located in the first few symbols of the time slot occupied by PDSCH. In order to ensure the quality of channel estimation, different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports. The DMRS corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain.
具体地,以PDSCH为例,对信道估计进行介绍:Specifically, taking PDSCH as an example, channel estimation is introduced:
DMRS与PDSCH传输的数据信号进行相同的预编码,从而保证DMRS与数据信号经历相同的等 效信道。发端设备向收端设备发送DMRS和数据信号。其中,发端设备发送的DMRS的向量为s,发送的数据信号的向量为x。DMRS与数据信号进行相同的预编码操作(乘以相同的预编码矩阵P)。相应的,收端设备接收的数据信号的向量满足:
The DMRS and the data signals transmitted by PDSCH are precoded in the same way, so that the DMRS and the data signals experience the same The transmitting device sends DMRS and data signals to the receiving device. The vector of the DMRS sent by the transmitting device is s, and the vector of the data signal sent is x. The DMRS and the data signal are precoded in the same way (multiplied by the same precoding matrix P). Accordingly, the vector of the data signal received by the receiving device satisfies:
其中,y表示收端设备接收的数据信号的向量,H表示发端设备与收端设备之间的信道频域响应,P表示发端设备采用的预编码矩阵,x表示发端设备发送的数据信号的向量,n表示噪声的向量,表示发端设备与收端设备之间的等效信道频域响应。Wherein, y represents the vector of data signals received by the receiving device, H represents the frequency domain response of the channel between the transmitting device and the receiving device, P represents the precoding matrix used by the transmitting device, x represents the vector of data signals sent by the transmitting device, and n represents the vector of noise. Represents the equivalent channel frequency domain response between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
收端设备接收的DMRS的向量满足:
The vector of the DMRS received by the receiving device satisfies:
其中,r表示收端设备接收的DMRS的向量,H表示发端设备与收端设备之间的信道频域响应,P表示发端设备采用的预编码矩阵,s表示发端设备发送的DMRS的向量,n表示噪声的向量,表示发端设备与收端设备之间的等效信道频域响应。Wherein, r represents the vector of DMRS received by the receiving device, H represents the frequency domain response of the channel between the transmitting device and the receiving device, P represents the precoding matrix used by the transmitting device, s represents the vector of DMRS sent by the transmitting device, and n represents the vector of noise. Represents the equivalent channel frequency domain response between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
由公式(1)和公式(2)可知,数据信号和参考信号经历相同的等效信道,收端设备基于已知的参考信号的向量s,利用信道估计算法,如最小二乘(least square,LS)信道估计,最小均方误差(minimum mean square error,MMSE)信道估计等,对等效信道进行估计,再基于等效信道的估计结果,完成数据信号的MIMO均衡和解调。It can be seen from formula (1) and formula (2) that the data signal and the reference signal experience the same equivalent channel. The receiving device uses a channel estimation algorithm such as least square (LS) channel estimation and minimum mean square error (MMSE) channel estimation based on the known reference signal vector s to estimate the equivalent channel. Estimation is then performed based on the equivalent channel The estimation result is used to complete the MIMO equalization and demodulation of the data signal.
DMRS的向量可以表示为一个NR行R列的矩阵,即维度为NR×R。其中,NR表示收端设备的接收天线数目,R表示空间层数目。通常来说,一个空间层与一个DMRS端口相对应。对于空间层数为R的MIMO传输,DMRS端口数目为R。为了保证信道估计的质量,通常不同DMRS端口为正交端口。不同DMRS端口对应的DMRS符号在频域、时频或码域正交。The DMRS vector can be represented as a matrix with NR rows and R columns, that is, the dimension is NR ×R. Among them, NR represents the number of receiving antennas of the receiving device, and R represents the number of spatial layers. Generally speaking, one spatial layer corresponds to one DMRS port. For MIMO transmission with R spatial layers, the number of DMRS ports is R. In order to ensure the quality of channel estimation, different DMRS ports are usually orthogonal ports. The DMRS symbols corresponding to different DMRS ports are orthogonal in the frequency domain, time-frequency or code domain.
由于DMRS占用一定的时频资源,所以,为了尽可能降低DMRS的开销,以及降低不同DMRS端口对应的DMRS时频资源之间的干扰,往往通过频分复用、时分复用或者码分复用的方式,将DMRS符号映射在预设的时频资源。Since DMRS occupies certain time-frequency resources, in order to minimize the DMRS overhead and reduce the interference between DMRS time-frequency resources corresponding to different DMRS ports, DMRS symbols are often mapped to preset time-frequency resources through frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing.
示例性的,NR系统支持2种DMRS资源映射类型。对于类型1(Type 1)DMRS,最大可支持8个正交的DMRS端口;对于类型2(Type 2)DMRS,最大可支持12个正交的DMRS端口。对于一个DMRS端口,为了对不同的时频资源进行信道估计,保证信道估计质量,需要在多个时频资源内发送DMRS符号。DMRS符号在时域上可以占用至少一个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,在频域上占用的带宽与数据信号的调度带宽相同。对于一个DMRS端口而言,该端口对应的多个OFDM符号对应同一参考信号序列。一个参考信号序列包括多个元素。DMRS对应的参考信号序列可以是gold序列。接下来,以长度为31的gold序列作为伪随机序列c(n),对参考信号序列中第n个元素进行介绍。其中,参考信号序列中第n个元素满足:
Exemplarily, the NR system supports two types of DMRS resource mapping. For Type 1 DMRS, a maximum of 8 orthogonal DMRS ports can be supported; for Type 2 DMRS, a maximum of 12 orthogonal DMRS ports can be supported. For a DMRS port, in order to perform channel estimation on different time-frequency resources and ensure the quality of channel estimation, DMRS symbols need to be sent in multiple time-frequency resources. A DMRS symbol can occupy at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in the time domain, and the bandwidth occupied in the frequency domain is the same as the scheduling bandwidth of the data signal. For a DMRS port, the multiple OFDM symbols corresponding to the port correspond to the same reference signal sequence. A reference signal sequence includes multiple elements. The reference signal sequence corresponding to DMRS can be a gold sequence. Next, taking a gold sequence with a length of 31 as a pseudo-random sequence c(n), the nth element in the reference signal sequence is introduced. Among them, the nth element in the reference signal sequence satisfies:
其中,r(n)表示参考信号序列中第n个元素,n=0,1,…,MPN-1,MPN表示伪随机序列c(n)的序列长度,c(2n)表示伪随机序列中的第2n个元素,c(2n+1)表示伪随机序列中的第2n+1个元素。伪随机序列c(n)满足:
Where r(n) represents the nth element in the reference signal sequence, n = 0, 1, ..., MPN -1, MPN represents the sequence length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n), c(2n) represents the 2nth element in the pseudo-random sequence, and c(2n+1) represents the 2n+1th element in the pseudo-random sequence. The pseudo-random sequence c(n) satisfies:
其中,c(n)表示伪随机序列,Nc=1600,x1(n)表示第一个m序列,x1(0)=1,x1(n)=1,n=1,2,…,30,x2(n)表示第二个m序列,x2(n)序列由初始化因子cinit确定。x2(n)序列的初始化因子cinit满足:
Where c(n) represents a pseudo-random sequence, N c = 1600, x 1 (n) represents the first m-sequence, x 1 (0) = 1, x 1 (n) = 1, n = 1, 2, ..., 30, x 2 (n) represents the second m-sequence, and the x 2 (n) sequence is determined by the initialization factor c init . The initialization factor c init of the x 2 (n) sequence satisfies:
其中,cinit表示初始化因子,表示一个时隙中的OFDM符号个数,表示一个系统帧内的时隙索引,l表示OFDM符号的索引,表示序列扰码标识,表示扰码因子,λ表示CDM组的索引, 表示向下取整运算。Among them, c init represents the initialization factor, Indicates the number of OFDM symbols in a time slot, represents the time slot index in a system frame, l represents the index of OFDM symbol, Indicates the sequence scrambling code identifier, represents the scrambling factor, λ represents the index of the CDM group, Indicates floor operation.
对于相邻频域位置的DMRS而言,可以使用不同的扰码因子来达到降低PAPR的效果。其中, 扰码因子满足:
For DMRS at adjacent frequency domain locations, different scrambling factors can be used To achieve the effect of reducing PAPR. Scrambling Factor satisfy:
其中,表示扰码因子。nSCID表示在λ=0或λ=2的情况下,扰码因子的取值。1-nSCID表示在λ=1的情况下,扰码因子的取值。λ表示CDM组的索引。in, Indicates the scrambling factor. n SCID indicates the scrambling factor when λ=0 or λ=2. 1-n SCID means that when λ=1, the scrambling factor λ represents the index of the CDM group.
当下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)信令中配置了DMRS序列初始化指示字段时,可以通过DCI信令指示nSCID∈{0,1}。也就是说,DCI信令指示nSCID的取值为0,或者,DCI信令指示nSCID的取值为1。其他情况默认nSCID=0。When the DMRS sequence initialization indication field is configured in the downlink control information (DCI) signaling, n SCID ∈ {0, 1} may be indicated by the DCI signaling. That is, the DCI signaling indicates that the value of n SCID is 0, or the DCI signaling indicates that the value of n SCID is 1. In other cases, n SCID =0 by default.
的取值可以由高层信令进行配置。与小区ID(identification)有关,通常可以等于小区ID, and The value of can be configured by high-level signaling. Related to the cell ID (identification), usually equal to the cell ID,
一个端口对应的DMRS序列通过预设的时频资源映射规则,与对应的掩码序列相乘后映射到对应的时频资源上。在目前的新空口(new radio,NR)协议中,定义了2类DMRS配置方式,包括类型1(Type1)DMRS和类型2(Type 2)DMRS。The DMRS sequence corresponding to a port is mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource after being multiplied by the corresponding mask sequence through the preset time-frequency resource mapping rule. In the current new radio (NR) protocol, two types of DMRS configuration methods are defined, including Type 1 DMRS and Type 2 DMRS.
对于端口p,该端口对应的DMRS序列中第m个元素r(m),按照如下规则映射至索引为(k,l)p,μ的资源粒子(resource element,RE)上。其中,索引为(k,l)p,μ的RE在时域上对应一个时隙内索引为l的OFDM符号,在频域上对应索引为k的子载波,映射规则满足:For port p, the mth element r(m) in the DMRS sequence corresponding to the port is mapped to the resource element (RE) with index (k,l) p,μ according to the following rules. The RE with index (k,l) p,μ corresponds to the OFDM symbol with index l in a time slot in the time domain and to the subcarrier with index k in the frequency domain. The mapping rules satisfy:
公式(7):
Formula (7):
其中,p为端口号,μ为子载波间隔参数,为映射至索引为(k,l)p,μ的RE上的DMRS调制符号,为DMRS调制符号占用的第一个OFDM符号的符号索引或参考OFDM符号的符号索引,为功率缩放因子,wt(l′)为DMRS调制符号占用的第l′个OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素,wf(k′)为DMRS调制符号占用的第k′个子载波对应频域掩码元素,m=2n+k′,Δ为子载波偏移因子。OCC包括上述时域掩码元素和频域掩码元素。Where p is the port number, μ is the subcarrier spacing parameter, is the DMRS modulation symbol mapped to the RE with index (k,l) p,μ , is the symbol index of the first OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol or the symbol index of the reference OFDM symbol, is the power scaling factor, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the l′th OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol, w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the k′th subcarrier occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol, m=2n+k′, Δ is the subcarrier offset factor. OCC includes the above time domain mask element and frequency domain mask element.
在类型1(Type 1 DMRS)映射规则中,DMRS端口p对应的wf(k′)、wt(l′),以及Δ的取值,可以根据表1确定。其中,表1的介绍如下:In the Type 1 DMRS mapping rule, the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and Δ corresponding to the DMRS port p can be determined according to Table 1. Table 1 is described as follows:
表1
Table 1
在表1中,在DMRS端口p的取值为1000的情况下,λ和Δ的取值为0。在k′=0的情况下,wf(k′)的取值为+1,在k′=1的情况下,wf(k′)的取值为+1。在l′=0的情况下,wt(l′)的取值为+1,在l′=1的情况下,wt(l′)的取值为+1。表1中DMRS端口p的其他取值的情况,可以此类推,不再赘述。In Table 1, when the value of DMRS port p is 1000, the values of λ and Δ are 0. When k′=0, the value of w f (k′) is +1, and when k′=1, the value of w f (k′) is +1. When l′=0, the value of wt (l′) is +1, and when l′=1, the value of wt (l′) is +1. The other values of DMRS port p in Table 1 can be deduced by analogy and will not be described in detail.
在类型2(Type 2 DMRS)映射规则中,DMRS端口p对应的wf(k′)、wt(l′),以及Δ的取值,可以根据表2确定。其中,表2的介绍如下:In the Type 2 DMRS mapping rule, the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and Δ corresponding to the DMRS port p can be determined according to Table 2. Table 2 is described as follows:
表2

Table 2

在表2中,在DMRS端口p的取值为1000的情况下,λ和Δ的取值为0。在k′=0的情况下,wf(k′)的取值为+1,在k′=1的情况下,wf(k′)的取值为+1。在l′=0的情况下,wt(l′)的取值为+1,在l′=1的情况下,wt(l′)的取值为+1。表2中DMRS端口p的其他取值的情况,可以此类推,不再赘述。需要说明的是,对于PUSCH的DMRS端口号,可以为PDSCH的DMRS端口号-1000,例如,端口0、1、2等。In Table 2, when the value of DMRS port p is 1000, the values of λ and Δ are 0. When k′=0, the value of w f (k′) is +1, and when k′=1, the value of w f (k′) is +1. When l′=0, the value of w t (l′) is +1, and when l′=1, the value of w t (l′) is +1. The other values of DMRS port p in Table 2 can be deduced by analogy and will not be described in detail. It should be noted that for the DMRS port number of PUSCH, it can be the DMRS port number of PDSCH-1000, for example, port 0, 1, 2, etc.
按照公式(7),类型1 DMRS的时频资源映射方式介绍如下:According to formula (7), the time-frequency resource mapping method of type 1 DMRS is introduced as follows:
如图2所示,对于单符号DMRS(对应l′=0)来说,最大支持4个DMRS端口(port)。其中,4个DMRS端口分为2个CDM组。CDM组0包括port 0和port 1,CDM组1包括port 2和port 3。CDM组0和CDM组1是频分复用(映射在不同的频域资源上)。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口映射在相同的时频资源上。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过OCC进行区分,以保证CDM组内DMRS端口的正交性,也就抑制了不同DMRS端口上所传输参考信号之间的干扰。具体地,port0和port 1位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式进行资源映射,即port 0和port 1占用的相邻的频域资源之间间隔一个子载波。对于一个DMRS端口,占用的相邻的2个RE对应一个长度为2的OCC码字序列。例如,对于子载波0和子载波2,port 0和port 1采用一组长度为2的OCC码字序列(+1+1和+1-1)。类似的,port 2和port 3位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式映射在port 0和port 1未占用的RE上。对于子载波1和子载波3,port 2和port 3采用一组长度为2的OCC码字序列(+1+1和+1-1)。As shown in FIG2 , for a single-symbol DMRS (corresponding to l′=0), a maximum of 4 DMRS ports are supported. Among them, the 4 DMRS ports are divided into 2 CDM groups. CDM group 0 includes port 0 and port 1, and CDM group 1 includes port 2 and port 3. CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are frequency division multiplexed (mapped on different frequency domain resources). The DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources. The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC to ensure the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group, thereby suppressing the interference between the reference signals transmitted on different DMRS ports. Specifically, port 0 and port 1 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain, that is, the adjacent frequency domain resources occupied by port 0 and port 1 are separated by one subcarrier. For a DMRS port, the two adjacent REs occupied correspond to an OCC codeword sequence of length 2. For example, for subcarrier 0 and subcarrier 2, port 0 and port 1 use a set of OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1). Similarly, port 2 and port 3 are located in the same RE and are mapped to the unoccupied REs of port 0 and port 1 in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain. For subcarrier 1 and subcarrier 3, port 2 and port 3 use a set of OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1).
如图3所示,对于双符号DMRS(对应l′=0和l′=1)来说,最大支持8个DMRS端口。其中,8个DMRS端口分为2个CDM组。CDM组0包括port 0、port 1、port 4和port 5,CDM组1包括port 2、port 3、port 6和port 7。CDM组0和CDM组1是频分复用,CDM组内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过OCC进行区分。具体的,port 0、port 1、port 4和port 5位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式进行资源映射,即port 0、port 1、port 4和port 5占用的相邻的频域资源之间间隔一个子载波。对于一个DMRS端口,占用的相邻的2个子载波和2个OFDM符号对应一个长度为4的OCC码字序列。例如,对于OFDM符号1和OFDM符号2对应的子载波0和子载波2,port 0、port 1、port 4和port 5采用一组长度为4的OCC码字序列(+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1)。类似的,port 2、port 3、port 6和port 7位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式映射在port 0、port 1、port 4和port 5未占用的子载波上。对于OFDM符号1和OFDM符号2对应的子载波1和子载波3,port 2、port 3、port 6和port 7采用一组长度为4的OCC码字序列(+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1)。As shown in FIG3 , for dual-symbol DMRS (corresponding to l′=0 and l′=1), a maximum of 8 DMRS ports are supported. Among them, the 8 DMRS ports are divided into 2 CDM groups. CDM group 0 includes port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5, and CDM group 1 includes port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7. CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are frequency division multiplexed, and the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC. Specifically, port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain, that is, the adjacent frequency domain resources occupied by port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 are separated by one subcarrier. For a DMRS port, the two adjacent subcarriers and two OFDM symbols occupied correspond to an OCC codeword sequence of length 4. For example, for subcarrier 0 and subcarrier 2 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2, port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 use a set of OCC codeword sequences with a length of 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1). Similarly, port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7 are located in the same RE and are mapped in a comb-tooth manner on the unoccupied subcarriers of port 0, port 1, port 4 and port 5 in the frequency domain. For subcarrier 1 and subcarrier 3 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2, port 2, port 3, port 6 and port 7 use a set of OCC codeword sequences with a length of 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1).
按照公式(7),类型2 DMRS的时频资源映射方式介绍如下:According to formula (7), the time-frequency resource mapping method of type 2 DMRS is introduced as follows:
如图4所示,对于单符号Type 2 DMRS(对应l′=0)来说,最大支持6个DMRS端口。其中,6个DMRS端口分为3个CDM组,CDM组间采用频分复用,CDM组内包含的DMRS端口所对应的参考信号通过OCC进行区分,以保证CDM组内DMRS端口的正交性,也就抑制了不同DMRS端口上所传输参考信号之间的干扰。具体地,CDM组0包括port 0和port 1,CDM组1包括port 2和port 3,CDM组2包括port 4和port 5。CDM组间是频分复用(映射在不同的频域资源上)。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口所对应的参考信号映射在相同的时频资源上。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过OCC进行区分。对于一个DMRS端口,其对应的DMRS在频域映射在多个包含连续2个子载 波的资源子块内,相邻的资源子块之间在频域间隔4个子载波。具体的,port 0和port 1位于相同的资源粒子(RE)内,以梳齿的方式进行资源映射。以频域资源粒度为1个资源块(resource block,RB)为例,port 0和port 1占用子载波0、子载波1、子载波6和子载波7。port 2和port 3占用子载波2、子载波3、子载波8和子载波9。port 4和port 5占用子载波4、子载波5、子载波10和子载波11。对于一个CDM组内包含的2个DMRS端口,在相邻的2个子载波内对应长度为2的OCC码字序列(+1+1和+1-1)。As shown in Figure 4, for a single-symbol Type 2 DMRS (corresponding to l′=0), a maximum of 6 DMRS ports are supported. Among them, the 6 DMRS ports are divided into 3 CDM groups, and frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups. The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC to ensure the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group, thereby suppressing the interference between the reference signals transmitted on different DMRS ports. Specifically, CDM group 0 includes port 0 and port 1, CDM group 1 includes port 2 and port 3, and CDM group 2 includes port 4 and port 5. Frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups (mapped on different frequency domain resources). The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources. The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC. For a DMRS port, its corresponding DMRS is mapped in the frequency domain on multiple subcarriers containing 2 consecutive subcarriers. In the resource subblock of a wave, adjacent resource subblocks are spaced 4 subcarriers apart in the frequency domain. Specifically, port 0 and port 1 are located in the same resource element (RE), and resource mapping is performed in a comb-tooth manner. Taking the frequency domain resource granularity of 1 resource block (RB) as an example, port 0 and port 1 occupy subcarrier 0, subcarrier 1, subcarrier 6, and subcarrier 7. Port 2 and port 3 occupy subcarrier 2, subcarrier 3, subcarrier 8, and subcarrier 9. Port 4 and port 5 occupy subcarrier 4, subcarrier 5, subcarrier 10, and subcarrier 11. For the two DMRS ports contained in a CDM group, the corresponding OCC codeword sequences of length 2 (+1+1 and +1-1) are in the two adjacent subcarriers.
如图5A所示,对于双符号Type 2 DMRS(对应l′=0和l′=1)来说,最大支持12端口。12个DMRS端口分为3个CDM组,CDM组间采用频分复用,CDM组内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过OCC保证正交性。其中,CDM组0包括port 0、port 1、port 6和port 7;CDM组1包括port 2、port 3、port 8和port 9;CDM组2包括port 4、port 5、port 10和port 11。CDM组间是频分复用(映射在不同的频域资源上)。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口所对应的参考信号映射在相同的时频资源上。CDM组内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过OCC进行区分。对于一个DMRS端口,其对应的DMRS在频域映射在多个包含连续2个子载波的资源子块内,相邻的资源子块之间在频域间隔4个子载波。具体的,一个CDM组包含的端口位于相同的资源粒子(RE)内,在频域以梳齿的方式进行资源映射。以频域资源粒度为1RB为例,port 0、port 1、port 6和port 7占用OFDM符号1和OFDM符号2对应的子载波0、子载波1、子载波6和子载波7。port 2、port 3、port 8和port 9占用OFDM符号1和OFDM符号2对应的子载波2、子载波3、子载波8和子载波9。port 4、port 5、port 10和port 11占用OFDM符号1和OFDM符号2对应的子载波4、子载波5、子载波10和子载波11。对于一个CDM组内包含的4个DMRS端口,在2个OFDM符号对应的相邻的2个子载波内对应长度为4的OCC码字序列(+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1)。As shown in FIG5A , for dual-symbol Type 2 DMRS (corresponding to l′=0 and l′=1), a maximum of 12 ports are supported. The 12 DMRS ports are divided into 3 CDM groups, and frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups. The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are orthogonalized by OCC. Among them, CDM group 0 includes port 0, port 1, port 6 and port 7; CDM group 1 includes port 2, port 3, port 8 and port 9; CDM group 2 includes port 4, port 5, port 10 and port 11. Frequency division multiplexing is used between CDM groups (mapped on different frequency domain resources). The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are mapped on the same time-frequency resources. The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by OCC. For a DMRS port, its corresponding DMRS is mapped in the frequency domain in multiple resource sub-blocks containing 2 consecutive sub-carriers, and the adjacent resource sub-blocks are separated by 4 sub-carriers in the frequency domain. Specifically, the ports included in a CDM group are located in the same resource element (RE), and resources are mapped in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain. Taking the frequency domain resource granularity of 1RB as an example, port 0, port 1, port 6 and port 7 occupy subcarrier 0, subcarrier 1, subcarrier 6 and subcarrier 7 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2. Port 2, port 3, port 8 and port 9 occupy subcarrier 2, subcarrier 3, subcarrier 8 and subcarrier 9 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2. Port 4, port 5, port 10 and port 11 occupy subcarrier 4, subcarrier 5, subcarrier 10 and subcarrier 11 corresponding to OFDM symbol 1 and OFDM symbol 2. For the four DMRS ports included in a CDM group, an OCC codeword sequence of length 4 (+1+1+1+1/+1+1-1-1/+1-1+1-1/+1-1-1+1) corresponds to the two adjacent subcarriers corresponding to the two OFDM symbols.
随着未来无线通信设备部署更加密集,终端设备数目不断增长,对MIMO传输流数提出了更高的需求。此外,后续大规模MIMO(Massive MIMO)系统的不断演进,收发天线数目进一步增加(如网络设备发送天线数目支持128T或256T,终端设备接收天线数目支持8R),信道信息获取更加精准,需要进一步支持更高的传输流数,以提升MIMO系统的频谱效率。以上方面势必需要更多的DMRS端口来支撑更高的传输流数(如传输流数大于12)。随着传输流数的提升,对于信道估计的准确性要求更高。而目前最大12个正交端口难以保证大于12流的传输性能。As wireless communication equipment is deployed more densely in the future and the number of terminal devices continues to grow, higher requirements are placed on the number of MIMO transmission streams. In addition, with the continuous evolution of the subsequent Massive MIMO system, the number of transmitting and receiving antennas will further increase (such as the number of transmitting antennas of network equipment supports 128T or 256T, and the number of receiving antennas of terminal equipment supports 8R), and channel information acquisition will be more accurate. It is necessary to further support a higher number of transmission streams to improve the spectrum efficiency of the MIMO system. The above aspects will inevitably require more DMRS ports to support a higher number of transmission streams (such as the number of transmission streams greater than 12). As the number of transmission streams increases, higher accuracy requirements are placed on channel estimation. However, the current maximum of 12 orthogonal ports cannot guarantee the transmission performance of more than 12 streams.
接下来,示例性介绍一种扩充正交DMRS端口数目的方法,即通过码分复用引入更多DMRS端口。Next, a method for expanding the number of orthogonal DMRS ports is exemplarily introduced, that is, introducing more DMRS ports through code division multiplexing.
根据NR协议,DMRS支持的总端口个数与以下两种因素有关:DMRS配置类型,或DMRS在时域上占用的OFDM符号个数。同时,一种DMRS配置类型和一类DMRS占用的时域OFDM符号数对应一种最大的DMRS端口数目。当前NR协议支持的正交DMRS端口组合数如下表3所示:According to the NR protocol, the total number of ports supported by DMRS is related to the following two factors: DMRS configuration type, or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by DMRS in the time domain. At the same time, a DMRS configuration type and the number of time-domain OFDM symbols occupied by a type of DMRS correspond to a maximum number of DMRS ports. The number of orthogonal DMRS port combinations supported by the current NR protocol is shown in Table 3 below:
表3
Table 3
在表3中,在DMRS配置为Type1,且为单符号的情况下,最大支持4个端口,详见图2的介绍。在DMRS配置为Type1,且为双符号的情况下,最大支持8个端口,详见图3的介绍。在DMRS配置为Type2,且为单符号的情况下,最大支持6个端口,详见图4的介绍。在DMRS配置为Type2,且为双符号的情况下,最大支持12个端口,详见图5B的介绍。In Table 3, when the DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 4 ports are supported, as described in Figure 2. When the DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 8 ports are supported, as described in Figure 3. When the DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 6 ports are supported, as described in Figure 4. When the DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 12 ports are supported, as described in Figure 5B.
示例性的,以单符号Type2 DMRS为例,如图5B所示,图左为现有NR协议的DMRS端口配置。图中左上表为DMRS占用的子载波ID和对应的端口索引,下图以端口0和端口1为例,说明了对应的DMRS的码字序列。以DMRS端口P0和P1为例,在一个RB内占用的频域子载波编号为{0,1,6,7},P0端口对应的码字序列为{+1,+1,+1,+1},P1端口对应的码字序列为{+1,-1,+1,-1},P1端口与P0端口占用的时频资源相同,通过码分正交性与P0端口在同一时频资源上传输。Exemplarily, taking a single-symbol Type2 DMRS as an example, as shown in FIG5B , the left side of the figure shows the DMRS port configuration of the existing NR protocol. The upper left table in the figure shows the subcarrier ID occupied by DMRS and the corresponding port index. The figure below takes port 0 and port 1 as examples to illustrate the corresponding DMRS codeword sequence. Taking DMRS ports P0 and P1 as an example, the frequency domain subcarriers occupied in an RB are numbered {0, 1, 6, 7}, the codeword sequence corresponding to the P0 port is {+1, +1, +1, +1}, and the codeword sequence corresponding to the P1 port is {+1, -1, +1, -1}. The P1 port occupies the same time-frequency resources as the P0 port, and is transmitted on the same time-frequency resources as the P0 port through code division orthogonality.
对应左侧现有方案,右侧上表和下图给出了一种码分复用的DMRS端口扩容方案。在同样的时频资源上,以CDM组0为例,对应同一个CDM组,通过码分复用多复用一组端口(单符号2端口,双符号4端口),对应上图右侧P12和P13,在子载波编号{0,1,6,7}上对应的码字序列为{+1,+j,-1,-j}和{+1,-j,-1,+j}。其余CDM组复用方式与CDM组0相同。通过这种技术手段,可以达到 同样的时频资源内复用的DMRS端口总数翻倍的效果。Corresponding to the existing solution on the left, the table above and the figure below on the right give a code division multiplexing DMRS port expansion solution. On the same time-frequency resources, taking CDM group 0 as an example, corresponding to the same CDM group, a group of ports are multiplexed through code division multiplexing (2 ports for single symbol, 4 ports for double symbol), corresponding to P12 and P13 on the right side of the above figure, the corresponding codeword sequences on the subcarrier numbers {0, 1, 6, 7} are {+1, +j, -1, -j} and {+1, -j, -1, +j}. The multiplexing method of the remaining CDM groups is the same as that of CDM group 0. Through this technical means, it can be achieved The total number of DMRS ports multiplexed within the same time-frequency resources is doubled.
下面简单介绍码分复用的DMRS端口扩容方案。The following is a brief introduction to the DMRS port expansion solution for code division multiplexing.
该扩容方法可以通过同样的序列和映射方式,扩展至单符号和双符号、DMRS配置的Type1以及Type 2类型。其中,上行DMRS时频资源和码字序列的设计方案可以采用方案1对应的离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform,DFT)序列,下行DMRS时频资源和码字序列的设计方案可以采用方案2对应的Walsh序列。下面提供两种方案对应的端口号和时频资源映射公式及每个端口的公式中变量的取值(包括CDM组索引和OCC取值)。This expansion method can be extended to single-symbol and dual-symbol, Type 1 and Type 2 of DMRS configuration through the same sequence and mapping method. Among them, the design scheme of uplink DMRS time-frequency resources and codeword sequences can adopt the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) sequence corresponding to Scheme 1, and the design scheme of downlink DMRS time-frequency resources and codeword sequences can adopt the Walsh sequence corresponding to Scheme 2. The following provides the port number and time-frequency resource mapping formulas corresponding to the two schemes and the values of the variables in the formulas for each port (including CDM group index and OCC value).
对于码分复用的DMRS端口扩容,一种可能的时频资源映射公式(8)和公式(9)如下:
For the expansion of DMRS ports for code division multiplexing, a possible time-frequency resource mapping formula (8) and formula (9) are as follows:
k′=0,1;n=0,1,…l′=0,1。k′=0,1; n=0,1,…l′=0,1.
公式(9): Formula (9):
其中, in,
k′=0,1,2,3;n=0,1,…l′=0,1。k′=0,1,2,3; n=0,1,…l′=0,1.
其中,p为DMRS端口的索引,μ为子载波间隔参数,为映射至索引为(k,l)的RE上的DMRS端口p对应的DMRS符号,为功率因子,wt(l′)为索引为l′的时域符号对应的时域掩码序列元素,wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码序列元素。Δ为子载波偏移因子,为DMRS符号占用的起始时域符号的符号索引或参考时域符号的符号索引。Where p is the index of the DMRS port, μ is the subcarrier spacing parameter, is the DMRS symbol corresponding to the DMRS port p on the RE with index (k, l), is the power factor, w t (l′) is the time domain mask sequence element corresponding to the time domain symbol indexed as l′, w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask sequence element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′. Δ is the subcarrier offset factor, It is the symbol index of the starting time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS symbol or the symbol index of the reference time domain symbol.
其中,对应公式(9),端口索引对应协议表示的掩码表格可以为如下所示。Wherein, corresponding to formula (9), the mask table representing the port index corresponding to the protocol can be as follows.
对应公式(8),可以将其中wf(2*(n mod 2)+k′)表示为wf(k″),并将下表中的wf(k′)和k′分别改成wf(k″)和k″即可,即wf内的取值范围公式(8)和公式(9)相同。Corresponding to formula (8), w f (2*(n mod 2)+k′) can be expressed as w f (k″), and w f (k′) and k′ in the following table can be changed to w f (k″) and k″ respectively, that is, the value range of w f in formula (8) and formula (9) is the same.
方案1:DFT序列Solution 1: DFT sequence
表4-1:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type1-E)
Table 4-1: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1-E)
表4-2:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type2-E)

Table 4-2: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2-E)

方案2:Walsh序列Scheme 2: Walsh sequence
表4-3:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type1-E)
Table 4-3: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1-E)
表4-4:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type2-E)

Table 4-4: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2-E)

在一种实施方式中,对于FD-OCC扩容,一种可能的时频资源映射如下:In one implementation, for FD-OCC expansion, a possible time-frequency resource mapping is as follows:
公式(10): Formula (10):
其中, in,
k′=0,1;n=0,1,…l′=0,1。k′=0,1; n=0,1,…l′=0,1.
表4-5
Table 4-5
其中,p为DMRS端口的索引,μ为子载波间隔参数,为映射至索引为(k,l)的RE上的DMRS端口p对应的DMRS符号,为功率因子,wt(l′)为索引为l′的时域符号对应的时域掩码序列元素,wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码序列元素。Δ为子载波偏移因子,为DMRS符号占用的起始时域符号的符号索引或参考时域符号的符号索引。b(n mod 2)为外层掩码序列,其中,针对于R15现有DMRS端口,b(0)=1,b(1)=1;针对于R18新增DMRS端口,b(0)=1,b(1)=-1,或者b(0)=-1,b(1)=1。Where p is the index of the DMRS port, μ is the subcarrier spacing parameter, is the DMRS symbol corresponding to the DMRS port p on the RE with index (k, l), is the power factor, w t (l′) is the time domain mask sequence element corresponding to the time domain symbol indexed as l′, w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask sequence element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′. Δ is the subcarrier offset factor, It is the symbol index of the starting time domain symbol occupied by the DMRS symbol or the symbol index of the reference time domain symbol. b(n mod 2) is the outer mask sequence, where for the existing DMRS port of R15, b(0)=1, b(1)=1; for the newly added DMRS port of R18, b(0)=1, b(1)=-1, or b(0)=-1, b(1)=1.
方案1:DFT序列Solution 1: DFT sequence
表4-6:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type1 R18)

Table 4-6: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1 R18)

表4-7:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type2 R18)
Table 4-7: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2 R18)
方案2:Walsh序列Scheme 2: Walsh sequence
表4-8:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type1 R18)

Table 4-8: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type1 R18)

表4-9:不同DMRS端口对应的参数取值(Type2 R18)
Table 4-9: Parameter values corresponding to different DMRS ports (Type2 R18)
上述的码分复用的DMRS端口扩容方法可以通过同样的序列和映射方式,自然扩展至单/双符号、Type1/2 DMRS配置类型。使得支持的正交DMRS端口组合数如下表4-10所示:The above-mentioned code division multiplexing DMRS port expansion method can be naturally extended to single/double symbol, Type 1/2 DMRS configuration types through the same sequence and mapping method. The number of supported orthogonal DMRS port combinations is shown in Table 4-10:
表4-10

Table 4-10

在表4-10中,在DMRS配置为Type1,且为单符号的情况下,最大支持8个端口;在DMRS配置为Type1,且为双符号的情况下,最大支持16个端口。在DMRS配置为Type2,且为单符号的情况下,最大支持12个端口;在DMRS配置为Type2,且为双符号的情况下,最大支持24个端口。示例性的,扩展后的天线端口的时频资源映射方法可以如下表5所示。In Table 4-10, when DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 8 ports are supported; when DMRS is configured as Type 1 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 16 ports are supported. When DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a single symbol is used, a maximum of 12 ports are supported; when DMRS is configured as Type 2 and a double symbol is used, a maximum of 24 ports are supported. Exemplarily, the time-frequency resource mapping method of the extended antenna port can be shown in Table 5 below.
表5
Table 5
目前,NR协议定义了DMRS端口对应的DMRS符号和时频资源映射方法。在每次数据传输过程中,网络设备通知为终端设备分配的DMRS端口。终端设备基于分配的DMRS端口,按照协议定义的DMRS符号生成方法和时频资源映射规则,在相应的资源位置执行DMRS信号的接收和信道估计流程。NR协议中定义的DMRS端口通知方法如下:高层信令半静态配置DMRS类型,DCI信令动态通知分配的DMRS端口索引,具体介绍如下:At present, the NR protocol defines the DMRS symbols and time-frequency resource mapping methods corresponding to the DMRS port. During each data transmission process, the network device notifies the terminal device of the DMRS port allocated. Based on the allocated DMRS port, the terminal device performs the DMRS signal reception and channel estimation process at the corresponding resource location in accordance with the DMRS symbol generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined in the protocol. The DMRS port notification method defined in the NR protocol is as follows: high-level signaling semi-statically configures the DMRS type, and DCI signaling dynamically notifies the allocated DMRS port index, which is described in detail as follows:
第一,RRC信令配置DMRS类型和占用符号数。First, RRC signaling configures the DMRS type and the number of occupied symbols.
通过高层信令DMRS-DownlinkConfig配置采用的DMRS类型,具体信令内容如下所示:

The DMRS type used is configured through the high-level signaling DMRS-DownlinkConfig. The specific signaling content is as follows:

其中,dmrs-Type字段用于指示DMRS类型,即采用的是Type 1 DMRS还是Type 2 DMRS。maxLength字段用于指示符号数量,即采用前置符号的最大长度为1或者2,可以理解是单符号DMRS还是双符号DMRS。其中,maxLength字段为len2,表示占用两个符号。如果配置maxLength字段为len2,则网络设备进一步可以通过DCI信令指示采用单符号DMRS,还是双符号DMRS。如果maxLength字段没有配置,则采用1符号DMRS。Among them, the dmrs-Type field is used to indicate the DMRS type, that is, whether Type 1 DMRS or Type 2 DMRS is used. The maxLength field is used to indicate the number of symbols, that is, the maximum length of the leading symbol is 1 or 2, which can be understood as single-symbol DMRS or double-symbol DMRS. Among them, the maxLength field is len2, which means that two symbols are occupied. If the maxLength field is configured to len2, the network device can further indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or double-symbol DMRS is used through DCI signaling. If the maxLength field is not configured, 1-symbol DMRS is used.
第二,DCI信令通知分配的DMRS端口索引。Second, DCI signaling notifies the allocated DMRS port index.
如DCI信令中可以包括天线端口(Antenna port)字段。其中,Antenna port字段用于指示DMRS端口索引,该索引值与一个或多个DMRS端口的索引对应。针对dmrs-Type字段和maxLength字段配置的不同取值,NR协议定义了不同的DMRS端口表。对于下行PDSCH传输对应的DMRS端口指示,现有NR协议定义的DMRS端口指示表格对应2种DMRS类型和2种DMRS前置符号数如下所示。For example, the DCI signaling may include an antenna port field. The antenna port field is used to indicate the DMRS port index, and the index value corresponds to the index of one or more DMRS ports. The NR protocol defines different DMRS port tables for different values of the dmrs-Type field and the maxLength field configuration. For the DMRS port indication corresponding to the downlink PDSCH transmission, the DMRS port indication table defined by the existing NR protocol corresponds to 2 DMRS types and 2 DMRS preamble symbol numbers as shown below.
具体地,表6示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=1对应的DMRS端口表。Specifically, Table 6 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1.
表6
Table 6
如上表,表中的第一列为DCI字段“Antenna port”的指示取值,对应每个端口组合指示的索引值,第二列指示当前调度时刻内DMRS符号上不传输数据的CDM组数量,第三列是当前终端设备被调度的DMRS端口索引,根据端口索引和前述的端口索引和时频资源映射关系,可以确定时频资源。另外,下表中第四列是当前调度的前置DMRS符号数。,单符号默认为1未列出,双符号对应为1或2。通过“Antenna port”的索引值,终端设备可以确定当前调度的PDSCH或PUSCH对应的DMRS端口索引,进而DMRS端口占用的时频资源和序列,同时确定DMRS符号上的时频资源使用情况,进而进行DMRS端口的接收(PDSCH)或者发送(PUSCH)。As shown in the table above, the first column in the table is the indicated value of the DCI field "Antenna port", corresponding to the index value indicated by each port combination, the second column indicates the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the DMRS symbol in the current scheduling time, and the third column is the DMRS port index scheduled by the current terminal device. According to the port index and the aforementioned mapping relationship between the port index and the time-frequency resource, the time-frequency resource can be determined. In addition, the fourth column in the table below is the number of pre-DMRS symbols currently scheduled. , the single symbol defaults to 1 and is not listed, and the double symbol corresponds to 1 or 2. Through the index value of "Antenna port", the terminal device can determine the DMRS port index corresponding to the currently scheduled PDSCH or PUSCH, and then the time-frequency resources and sequence occupied by the DMRS port, and at the same time determine the use of the time-frequency resources on the DMRS symbol, and then receive (PDSCH) or send (PUSCH) the DMRS port.
以表6为例,在采用单码字的情况下,DCI信令中Antenna port字段指示一个索引值,如指示索引值为3,索引值3所在行的不传输数据的CDM组数量为2,DMRS端口的索引为0。可以理解为,DCI信令指 示的该DMRS传输的符号上不传输数据的CDM组数量为2(或可理解传输DMRS的CDM组数量为2),DMRS端口索引为0。又例如,在采用单码字的情况下,DCI信令中Antenna port字段指示一个索引值,如指示索引值为2,索引值2所在行的不传输数据的CDM组数量为1,DMRS端口的索引为0,1。可以理解为,DCI信令指示的该DMRS传输的符号上不传输数据的CDM组数量为1(或可理解传输DMRS的CDM组数量为1),DMRS端口索引为0,1。Taking Table 6 as an example, in the case of using a single codeword, the Antenna port field in the DCI signaling indicates an index value, such as indicating an index value of 3, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the row where the index value 3 is located is 2, and the index of the DMRS port is 0. It can be understood that the DCI signaling indicates The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the symbol of the DMRS transmission indicated by the DCI signaling is 2 (or it can be understood that the number of CDM groups that transmit DMRS is 2), and the DMRS port index is 0. For another example, in the case of a single codeword, the Antenna port field in the DCI signaling indicates an index value, such as indicating an index value of 2, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the row where the index value 2 is located is 1, and the index of the DMRS port is 0, 1. It can be understood that the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data on the symbol of the DMRS transmission indicated by the DCI signaling is 1 (or it can be understood that the number of CDM groups that transmit DMRS is 1), and the DMRS port index is 0, 1.
表7示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 7 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2.
表7
Table 7
表8示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1对应的DMRS端口表。Table 8 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1.
表8
Table 8
表9示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 9 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2.
表9


Table 9


需要说明的是,一个“Antenna port”的索引值在一个调度时刻只能指示给一个终端设备,但对于同一个调度时刻,网络设备可以将多个不同的“Antenna port”的索引值指示给不同的终端设备,此种场景可以理解是多个用户在同一个调度时刻内传输PDSCH,即多个用户之间进行了多用户(Multi-User,MU)的MIMO空分复用。It should be noted that the index value of an "Antenna port" can only be indicated to one terminal device at a scheduling time, but for the same scheduling time, the network device can indicate multiple different "Antenna port" index values to different terminal devices. This scenario can be understood as multiple users transmitting PDSCH at the same scheduling time, that is, multi-user (Multi-User, MU) MIMO spatial division multiplexing is performed between multiple users.
此外,根据现有技术对应的上述表6-表9这4张天线端口指示表可以看出,“Antenna port”的索引值的数量决定了该字段的DCI开销。对于Type1单符号,取值有0~11共12个,故需要4比特开销;对于Type1双符号,取值有0~30共31个,故需要5比特开销;对于Type2单符号,取值有0~23共24个,故需要5比特开销;对于Type2双符号,取值有0~57共58个,故需要6比特开销。In addition, according to the above four antenna port indication tables 6-9 corresponding to the prior art, it can be seen that the number of index values of "Antenna port" determines the DCI overhead of the field. For Type1 single symbol, there are 12 values from 0 to 11, so 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type1 double symbols, there are 31 values from 0 to 30, so 5 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 single symbol, there are 24 values from 0 to 23, so 5 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 double symbols, there are 58 values from 0 to 57, so 6 bits of overhead are required.
另外,对于上行PUSCH传输对应的DMRS端口指示,与下行DMRS端口指示的一个不同是,下行调度的层数是根据DMRS端口联合指示的,上行调度的层数与DMRS端口分开指示。因此,PUSCH的DMRS端口指示表格针对不同的传输流数(rank数),对应不同的端口指示表。下面,示出现有NR协议定义的2种DMRS类型和2种DMRS前置符号数对应的DMRS端口指示表格。In addition, for the DMRS port indication corresponding to the uplink PUSCH transmission, one difference from the downlink DMRS port indication is that the number of layers for downlink scheduling is indicated jointly according to the DMRS port, and the number of layers for uplink scheduling is indicated separately from the DMRS port. Therefore, the DMRS port indication table of PUSCH corresponds to different port indication tables for different numbers of transmission streams (number of ranks). Below, the DMRS port indication table corresponding to the two DMRS types and two DMRS preamble symbol numbers defined in the existing NR protocol is shown.
表10示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=1,rank=1对应的DMRS端口表。Table 10 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1, and rank=1.
表10
Table 10
表11示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=1,rank=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 11 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1, and rank=2.
表11
Table 11
表12示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=1,rank=3对应的DMRS端口表。Table 12 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1, and rank=3.
表12
Table 12
表13示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=1,rank=4对应的DMRS端口表。Table 13 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1, and rank=4.
表13

Table 13

表14示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=2,rank=1对应的DMRS端口表。Table 14 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, and rank=1.
表14
Table 14
表15示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=2,rank=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 15 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, and rank=2.
表15
Table 15
表16示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=2,rank=3对应的DMRS端口表。Table 16 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, and rank=3.
表16
Table 16
表17示例了dmrs-Type=1,maxLength=2,rank=4对应的DMRS端口表。Table 17 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, and rank=4.
表17

Table 17

表18示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1,rank=1对应的DMRS端口表。Table 18 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1, and rank=1.
表18
Table 18
表19示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1,rank=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 19 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1, and rank=2.
表19
Table 19
表20示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1,rank=3对应的DMRS端口表。Table 20 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1, and rank=3.
表20
Table 20
表21示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1,rank=4对应的DMRS端口表。Table 21 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1, and rank=4.
表21
Table 21
表22示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=2,rank=1对应的DMRS端口表。Table 22 illustrates an example of a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2, and rank=1.
表22

Table 22

表23示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=2,rank=2对应的DMRS端口表。Table 23 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2, and rank=2.
表23

Table 23

表24示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=2,rank=3对应的DMRS端口表。Table 24 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2, and rank=3.
表24
Table 24
表25示例了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=2,rank=4对应的DMRS端口表。Table 25 illustrates a DMRS port table corresponding to dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2, and rank=4.
表25
Table 25
由上表可见,对于上行的DMRS端口指示,“Antenna port”的索引值的数量决定了该字段的DCI开销,与下行的区别是,上行“Antenna port”字段的取值根据每个rank下最大的开销决定(如一般是rank1的DMRS端口组合开销最大),其原因是,上行PUSCH传输对应的rank数是根据其他DCI字段确定的,而下行PDSCH传输对应的rank数是根据“Antenna port”的指示联合DMRS端口号一起确定的。对于Type1单符号,需要3比特开销;对于Type1双符号,需要4比特开销;对于Type2单符号,需要4比特开销;对于Type2双符号,需要5比特开销。As can be seen from the table above, for the uplink DMRS port indication, the number of index values of "Antenna port" determines the DCI overhead of this field. The difference from the downlink is that the value of the uplink "Antenna port" field is determined according to the maximum overhead under each rank (for example, the rank 1 DMRS port combination overhead is generally the largest). The reason is that the rank number corresponding to the uplink PUSCH transmission is determined according to other DCI fields, while the rank number corresponding to the downlink PDSCH transmission is determined according to the "Antenna port" indication combined with the DMRS port number. For Type1 single symbol, 3 bits of overhead are required; for Type1 double symbols, 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 single symbol, 4 bits of overhead are required; for Type2 double symbols, 5 bits of overhead are required.
对于前述的码分复用DMRS端口扩容方案,DMRS端口从现有技术的最多12端口扩展至最多24端口。对于Type1和Type12,以及单符号和双符号这四种DMRS配置组合,其支持的DMRS端口上限均进行了2倍提升,分别对于Type1单符号由最大4端口提升至最大8端口,对于Type1双符号由最大8端口提升至最大16端口,对于Type2单符号由最大6端口提升至最大12端口,对于Type2双符号由最大12端口提升至最大24端口。对于DMRS更多的端口数,前述的DCI端口指示表以不再使用,本申请提供的天线端口确定方法,用于实现端口组合指示的最大化,提高多用户端口调度的灵活性,同时将指示开销最小化。For the aforementioned code division multiplexing DMRS port expansion solution, the DMRS port is expanded from a maximum of 12 ports in the prior art to a maximum of 24 ports. For Type 1 and Type 12, as well as the four DMRS configuration combinations of single symbol and double symbol, the upper limit of the supported DMRS ports has been doubled, from a maximum of 4 ports to a maximum of 8 ports for Type 1 single symbol, from a maximum of 8 ports to a maximum of 16 ports for Type 1 double symbol, from a maximum of 6 ports to a maximum of 12 ports for Type 2 single symbol, and from a maximum of 12 ports to a maximum of 24 ports for Type 2 double symbol. For more DMRS ports, the aforementioned DCI port indication table is no longer used. The antenna port determination method provided in this application is used to maximize the port combination indication, improve the flexibility of multi-user port scheduling, and minimize the indication overhead.
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统、第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统、未来演进的通信系统(如:第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统等)、或多种系统融合的系统等,不予限制。下面以图6所示通信系统60为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。图6仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used in various communication systems. For example, the communication system can be a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, a communication system related to the third generation partnership project (3GPP), a future evolving communication system (such as: a sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, etc.), or a system integrating multiple systems, etc., without limitation. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the communication system 60 shown in FIG. 6 as an example. FIG. 6 is only a schematic diagram and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided in the present application.
如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统60的架构示意图。图6中,通信系统60可以包括一个或多个网络设备601(仅示出了1个)以及可以与网络设备601进行通信的一个或多个终端(例 如,终端602-终端604)。其中网络设备和终端具有多根发送天线和接收天线。As shown in FIG6, a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 60 provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. In FIG6, the communication system 60 may include one or more network devices 601 (only one is shown) and one or more terminals (for example, For example, terminal 602-terminal 604). The network device and the terminal have multiple transmitting antennas and receiving antennas.
在图6中,网络设备可以为终端提供无线接入服务。具体来说,每个网络设备都对应一个服务覆盖区域,进入该区域的终端可通过空口(air interface)与网络设备通信,以此来接收网络设备提供的无线接入服务。可选的,该服务覆盖区域可以包括一个或多个小区。终端与网络设备之间可以通过空口链路通信。其中,空口链路可以根据其上传输的数据的方向分为上行链路(uplink,UL)和下行链路(downlink,DL)。UL上可以传输从终端向网络设备发送的上行数据,DL上可以传输从网络设备向终端传输的下行数据。例如:图6中,终端603位于网络设备601的覆盖区域内,网络设备601可以通过DL向终端603发送下行数据,终端603可通过UL向网络设备601发送上行数据。In FIG6 , the network device can provide wireless access services for the terminal. Specifically, each network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and the terminal entering the area can communicate with the network device through the air interface to receive the wireless access service provided by the network device. Optionally, the service coverage area may include one or more cells. The terminal and the network device can communicate through an air interface link. Among them, the air interface link can be divided into an uplink (UL) and a downlink (DL) according to the direction of the data transmitted thereon. Uplink data sent from the terminal to the network device can be transmitted on the UL, and downlink data transmitted from the network device to the terminal can be transmitted on the DL. For example: in FIG6 , the terminal 603 is located in the coverage area of the network device 601, the network device 601 can send downlink data to the terminal 603 through the DL, and the terminal 603 can send uplink data to the network device 601 through the UL.
本申请实施例中的网络设备,例如:网络设备601可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。包括但不限于:LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),下一代LTE中的演进型基站(next generation eNB,ng-eNB),NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。网络设备还可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备、或车载设备等。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端进行通信。终端可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。The network device in the embodiment of the present application, for example: the network device 601 can be any device with wireless transceiver function. Including but not limited to: the evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE, the evolved base station (next generation eNB, ng-eNB) in the next generation LTE, the base station (gNodeB or gNB) or the transmission receiving point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP) in NR, the base station of the subsequent evolution of 3GPP, the access node in the Wi-Fi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless backhaul node, etc. The base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a micro-micro base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support the networks of the same technology mentioned above, or they can support the networks of the different technologies mentioned above. The base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs. The network device can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The network device may also be a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU). The network device may also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device, or a vehicle-mounted device. The following description is made by taking the network device as a base station as an example. The multiple network devices may be base stations of the same type or different types. The base station may communicate with the terminal or communicate with the terminal through a relay station. The terminal may communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies. For example, the terminal may communicate with a base station supporting an LTE network or a base station supporting a 5G network, and may also support dual connections with a base station of an LTE network and a base station of a 5G network. In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device or used in combination with the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. In the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as an example that the network device is a network device.
本申请实施例中的终端,例如:终端602、终端603或终端604是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,如用户终端设备(Customer Premise Equipment,CPE),用户设备或者中继设备。终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端还可以称为终端设备,终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中或者和终端匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。The terminal in the embodiments of the present application, for example: terminal 602, terminal 603 or terminal 604 is a device with wireless transceiver function, such as customer premises equipment (CPE), user equipment or relay equipment. The terminal can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal can also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device can be a user equipment (UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function. The terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; or it may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal or used in combination with the terminal. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. In the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal as an example.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请中,终端可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。例如,可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能的设备。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能的设备,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及包括只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用的设备,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。 As an example but not limitation, in the present application, the terminal may be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. For example, a wearable device is not just a hardware device, but also a device that realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include devices that are fully functional, large in size, and can realize complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
在本申请中,终端可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请中的终端可以是机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中的终端。本申请的终端可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。因此,本申请实施例可以应用于车联网,例如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)等。In the present application, the terminal may be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object-to-object interconnection. The terminal in the present application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC). The terminal of the present application may be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle may implement the method of the present application through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application may be applied to vehicle networking, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), etc.
图6所示的通信系统60仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统60还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定网络设备和终端的数量,不予限制。The communication system 60 shown in Figure 6 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 60 may also include other devices, and the number of network devices and terminals may also be determined according to specific needs without limitation.
可选的,本申请实施例图6中的各网元或设备(例如网络设备601、终端602、终端603或终端604等)也可以称之为通信装置,其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, each network element or device in Figure 6 of the embodiment of the present application (for example, network device 601, terminal 602, terminal 603 or terminal 604, etc.) can also be referred to as a communication device, which can be a general device or a special device, and the embodiment of the present application does not make any specific limitations on this.
可选的,本申请实施例图6中的各网元或设备(例如网络设备601、终端602、终端603或终端604)的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者硬件与软件的结合,或者平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, the relevant functions of each network element or device (e.g., network device 601, terminal 602, terminal 603, or terminal 604) in FIG. 6 of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices together, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. It is understandable that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform).
在具体实现时,图6所示的各网元或设备(例如网络设备601、终端602、终端603或终端604等)都可以采用图7所示的组成结构,或者包括图7所示的部件。图7所示为可适用于本申请实施例的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置70包括至少一个处理器701和至少一个通信接口704,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法。该通信装置70还可以包括通信线路702和存储器703。In a specific implementation, each network element or device shown in FIG6 (such as network device 601, terminal 602, terminal 603 or terminal 604, etc.) can adopt the composition structure shown in FIG7, or include the components shown in FIG7. FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 70 includes at least one processor 701 and at least one communication interface 704, which are used to implement the method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 70 may also include a communication line 702 and a memory 703.
处理器701可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。Processor 701 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
通信线路702可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。The communication link 702 may include a path to transmit information between the above components, such as a bus.
通信接口704,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口704可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、或收发电路等。The communication interface 704 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks. The communication interface 704 can be any transceiver-like device, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, a pin, a bus, or a transceiver circuit.
存储器703可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路702与处理器701相耦合。存储器703也可以和处理器701集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。The memory 703 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 701 through the communication line 702. The memory 703 may also be integrated with the processor 701. The memory provided in the embodiment of the present application may generally have non-volatility.
其中,存储器703用于存储执行本申请实施例提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器701来控制执行。处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器701执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口704负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Among them, the memory 703 is used to store the computer execution instructions involved in executing the scheme provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701. The processor 701 is used to execute the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703, so as to implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Alternatively, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 701 may also perform the processing-related functions in the method provided in the following embodiment of the present application, and the communication interface 704 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械 或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or or other forms for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
作为一种实施例,处理器701可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图7中的CPU0和CPU1。As an embodiment, the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
作为一种实施例,通信装置70可以包括多个处理器,例如图7中的处理器701和处理器707。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。As an embodiment, the communication device 70 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 701 and the processor 707 in FIG7. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
作为一种实施例,通信装置70还可以包括输出设备705和/或输入设备706。输出设备705和处理器701耦合,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备705可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备706和处理器701耦合,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备706可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。As an embodiment, the communication device 70 may further include an output device 705 and/or an input device 706. The output device 705 is coupled to the processor 701 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 705 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. The input device 706 is coupled to the processor 701 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 706 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
可以理解的,图7中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图7所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It is understandable that the composition structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 7 , the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。下述实施例中的各网元可以具备图7所示部件,不予赘述。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Each network element in the following embodiment may have the components shown in FIG7 , which will not be described in detail.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,“传输”可以根据具体的上下文理解为发送和/或接收。“传输”可以是名词,也可以是动词。在不强调动作的执行主体时,常常用“传输”代替发送和/或接收。例如,短语“传输PUSCH”,从终端的角度来看,可以理解为“发送PUSCH”,而从基站的角度来看,可以理解为“接收PUSCH”。另外,需要指出的是“传输PUSCH”,本领域技术人员可以理解为“传输承载在PUSCH中的信息”。It is to be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "transmission" can be understood as sending and/or receiving according to the specific context. "Transmission" can be a noun or a verb. When the execution subject of the action is not emphasized, "transmission" is often used instead of sending and/or receiving. For example, the phrase "transmitting PUSCH" can be understood as "sending PUSCH" from the perspective of the terminal, and can be understood as "receiving PUSCH" from the perspective of the base station. In addition, it should be pointed out that "transmitting PUSCH" can be understood by those skilled in the art as "transmitting information carried in PUSCH".
可以理解的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the message names between the network elements or the names of the parameters in the messages in the following embodiments of the present application are merely examples, and other names may be used in specific implementations, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。此外,类似于“A、B和C中的至少一项”或“A、B或C中的至少一项”的表述通常用于表示如下中任一项:单独存在A;单独存在B;单独存在C;同时存在A和B;同时存在A和C;同时存在B和C;同时存在A、B和C。以上是以A、B和C共三个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目,当表述中具有更多元素时,该表述的含义可以按照前述规则获得。It can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "/" can indicate that the objects associated with each other are in an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can indicate A or B; "and/or" can be used to describe that there are three relationships between the associated objects, for example, A and/or B can indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C" are usually used to indicate any of the following: A exists alone; B exists alone; C exists alone; A and B exist at the same time; A and C exist at the same time; B and C exist at the same time; A, B and C exist at the same time. The above uses A, B and C as examples to illustrate the optional items of the item. When there are more elements in the expression, the meaning of the expression can be obtained according to the above rules.
为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请实施例中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In order to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "first", "second" and the like may be used to distinguish between technical features with the same or similar functions. The words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first", "second" and the like do not necessarily limit the differences. In the embodiments of the present application, the words "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations, and any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design. The use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is understood that the "embodiment" mentioned throughout the specification means that the specific features, structures or characteristics related to the embodiment are included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the various embodiments in the entire specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It is understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
可以理解,在本申请中,“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in this application, "if" and "if" both mean that corresponding processing will be carried out under certain objective circumstances, and do not limit the time, nor do they require judgment actions when implementing them, nor do they mean that there are other limitations.
可以理解,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。将某一信息(如下文所述的第一信息、第二信息、第三信息等)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可 以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。It can be understood that in the present application, "used for indication" can include direct indication and indirect indication, and can also include explicit indication and implicit indication. When describing that a certain indication information is used to indicate A, it can include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry A. The information indicated by a certain information (such as the first information, second information, third information, etc. described below) is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, for example but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated. It can also be The information to be indicated can be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein the other information is associated with the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other part of the information to be indicated is known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by using the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (for example, stipulated by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented independently in certain scenarios without relying on other features, such as the solution on which they are currently based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects, or may be combined with other features according to needs in certain scenarios. Accordingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application may also realize these features or functions accordingly, which will not be elaborated here.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。It can be understood that the same step or steps or technical features with the same functions in the embodiments of the present application can be referenced to each other in different embodiments.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,终端和/或网络设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal and/or the network device may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or variations of various steps. In addition, the various steps may be performed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application need to be performed.
基于前述问题,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,通过将不同DMRS配置类型下天线端口组合的集合(即全集)进行子集划分,网络设备可以根据调度需求,通过高层信令向终端设备指示一个或多个天线端口组合的子集,再指示天线端口组合的子集其中的一个端口组合,由于天线端口组合的子集中端口组合的索引数量较全集少,从而能够使用较小的指示开销,实现多用户的灵活调度。Based on the above-mentioned problems, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. By dividing the set of antenna port combinations under different DMRS configuration types (i.e., the full set) into subsets, the network device can indicate one or more subsets of antenna port combinations to the terminal device through high-level signaling according to scheduling requirements, and then indicate one port combination in the subset of antenna port combinations. Since the number of port combination indexes in the subset of antenna port combinations is less than that in the full set, a smaller indication overhead can be used to achieve flexible scheduling of multiple users.
如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种方法,图8中以网络设备和终端作为该交互示意的执行主体为例来示意该方法,但本申请并不限制该交互示意的执行主体。例如,图8中的网络设备也可以是支持该网络设备实现该方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器,还可以是能实现全部或部分网络设备功能的逻辑模块或软件;图8中的终端也可以是支持该终端实现该方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器,还可以是能实现全部或部分终端功能的逻辑模块或软件。该方法可以包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG8 , a method is provided for an embodiment of the present application. FIG8 takes a network device and a terminal as an example of the execution subject of the interaction diagram to illustrate the method, but the present application does not limit the execution subject of the interaction diagram. For example, the network device in FIG8 may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the network device to implement the method, or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the network device functions; the terminal in FIG8 may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal to implement the method, or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the terminal functions. The method may include the following steps:
801:网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息。801: The network device sends first indication information to the terminal.
具体的,网络设备确定某个调度时刻内的终端调度情况,及每个被调度的终端对应的天线端口的索引。通过向终端发送第一指示信息,用于指示该终端对应的发送或接收数据的天线端口组合。Specifically, the network device determines the terminal scheduling status within a certain scheduling time and the index of the antenna port corresponding to each scheduled terminal, and sends first indication information to the terminal to indicate the antenna port combination for sending or receiving data corresponding to the terminal.
在一种实施方式中,一个调度时刻可以为一个时隙(slot),还可以是一个时间单元、传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)、子帧或迷你时隙等。In one embodiment, a scheduling time may be a time slot, or a time unit, a transmission time interval (TTI), a subframe, or a mini time slot, etc.
示例性的,第一指示信息可以用于指示第一端口组合,其中,第一端口组合可以为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination may be a port combination in the first port combination subset.
其中,第一端口组合子集为包括一个或多个天线端口组合的集合,如包括N个天线端口组合,每个天线端口组合可以包括i个天线端口,N和i均为正整数。例如,天线端口可以通过端口号进行标识,如第一端口组合包括端口0(端口号为0)和端口1(端口号为1),可以用[0,1]表示。例如,第一端口组合子集可以包括:{0,1,[0,1],[0-2],[0,2]}。The first port combination subset is a set including one or more antenna port combinations, such as including N antenna port combinations, each antenna port combination may include i antenna ports, and N and i are both positive integers. For example, the antenna port may be identified by a port number, such as the first port combination includes port 0 (port number 0) and port 1 (port number 1), which may be represented by [0, 1]. For example, the first port combination subset may include: {0, 1, [0, 1], [0-2], [0, 2]}.
需要说明的是,上述本申请实施例中示例的端口组合[0-2],可以用于指示包括端口0、端口1和端口2组成的天线端口组合。后续对此不再重复说明。It should be noted that the port combination [0-2] exemplified in the above embodiment of the present application can be used to indicate an antenna port combination consisting of port 0, port 1 and port 2. This will not be repeated later.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息可以包括第一端口组合在第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。如第一指示信息可以包括该第一端口组合在第一端口组合子集中索引值,如前述端口指示表所示第一列的“Antenna port”值,终端接收到第一指示信息后,可以根据第一指示信息包括的端口组合的索引值,根据网络设备配置的天线端口索引表,即第一端口组合子集的索引信息,通过查询可以获取该第一端口组合的一个或多个端口号。In one implementation, the first indication information may include index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset. For example, the first indication information may include an index value of the first port combination in the first port combination subset, such as the "Antenna port" value of the first column shown in the aforementioned port indication table. After receiving the first indication information, the terminal may obtain one or more port numbers of the first port combination by querying the index value of the port combination included in the first indication information and the antenna port index table configured by the network device, i.e., the index information of the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息可以承载于DCI中,即网络设备向终端发送的DCI中可以携带第一指示信息,用于指示DMRS天线端口组合,例如,DCI中包括“Antenna port”字段,用于指示 DMRS天线端口组合的索引值。In one implementation, the first indication information may be carried in the DCI, that is, the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal may carry the first indication information for indicating the DMRS antenna port combination. For example, the DCI includes an "Antenna port" field for indicating The index value of the DMRS antenna port combination.
802:终端根据第一指示信息对应的天线端口发送或接收DMRS。802: The terminal sends or receives a DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first indication information.
相对应的,终端设备接收上述步骤801的第一指示信息,根据第一指示信息中指示的天线端口组合的索引值,确定第一天线端口组合,然后通过第一天线端口组合中的一个或多个天线端口传输DMRS。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information of the above step 801, determines the first antenna port combination according to the index value of the antenna port combination indicated in the first indication information, and then transmits the DMRS through one or more antenna ports in the first antenna port combination.
其中,如果该调度时刻,网络设备为终端指示的是终端发送DMRS的端口配置,则终端可以根据第一端口组合对应的天线端口发送DMRS,例如,通过PUSCH发送DMRS。或者,如果该调度时刻,网络设备为终端指示的是终端接收DMRS的端口配置,则终端可以根据第一端口组合对应的天线端口接收DMRS。具体的,终端可以根据确定的DMRS端口索引对应的时频资源和码字序列,通过PDSCH接收DMRS并进行DMRS信道估计。Among them, if at the scheduling moment, the network device indicates to the terminal the port configuration for sending DMRS by the terminal, the terminal can send DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first port combination, for example, sending DMRS through PUSCH. Alternatively, if at the scheduling moment, the network device indicates to the terminal the port configuration for receiving DMRS by the terminal, the terminal can receive DMRS according to the antenna port corresponding to the first port combination. Specifically, the terminal can receive DMRS through PDSCH and perform DMRS channel estimation based on the time-frequency resources and codeword sequence corresponding to the determined DMRS port index.
在一种实施方式中,该方法还可以包括如下步骤:In one embodiment, the method may further include the following steps:
803:网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息。803: The network device sends second indication information to the terminal.
第二指示信息用于指示端口组合集合的天线端口配置类型和前置符号的最大长度,或者,用于指示第一端口组合子集的天线端口配置类型和前置符号的最大长度,或者同时指示前两者。终端接收到第二指示信息之后,可以根据第二指示信息中指示的天线端口配置类型和前置符号的最大长度,确定网络设备为该终端配置的天线端口组合的集合信息,如配置的是第一端口组合子集,或者配置的是端口组合集合等。The second indication information is used to indicate the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set, or to indicate the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the first port combination subset, or to indicate both of the first and the second. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal can determine the set information of the antenna port combination configured by the network device for the terminal based on the antenna port configuration type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol indicated in the second indication information, such as whether the first port combination subset is configured, or whether the port combination set is configured.
其中,第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同。端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,M为正整数且N小于M。也就是说,端口组合集合(即全集)中包括前置符号数相同的M个天线端口组合,网络设备可以根据终端的调度需求,为终端指示全集中的部分端口配置,如全集的一个或多个子集,例如,为终端指示包括N个天线端口组合的第一端口组合子集,以满足终端的发送或接收需求。The first port combination subset is a subset in the port combination set, and the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set. The port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, where M is a positive integer and N is less than M. In other words, the port combination set (i.e., the full set) includes M antenna port combinations with the same number of preamble symbols. The network device can indicate partial port configurations in the full set to the terminal according to the scheduling requirements of the terminal, such as one or more subsets of the full set, for example, indicating the first port combination subset including N antenna port combinations to the terminal to meet the transmission or reception requirements of the terminal.
需要说明的是,具体的实施情况中,例如端口组合集合对应的前置符号数(或最大长度)为1,则第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数(或最大长度)也为1;端口组合集合和对应的前置符号数为1和2(或最大长度为2),则第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数可以为1和2(即最大长度为2)。It should be noted that, in a specific implementation, for example, if the number of prefix symbols (or maximum length) corresponding to the port combination set is 1, then the number of prefix symbols (or maximum length) corresponding to the first port combination subset is also 1; if the number of prefix symbols corresponding to the port combination set and are 1 and 2 (or the maximum length is 2), then the number of prefix symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset can be 1 and 2 (that is, the maximum length is 2).
其中,第一端口组合子集中还可以包括第二端口组合,第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等。也就是说,第一端口组合子集中包括的N个端口组合中,至少两个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量不同。The first port combination subset may further include a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, the first port combination includes i antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j. That is, among the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset, at least two antenna port combinations have different numbers of antenna ports.
在一种可能的实施方式中,i与j可能相等。也就是说,第一端口组合子集中可以包括相同天线数量的多个天线端口组合,也可以包括不同天线数量的多个天线端口组合。In a possible implementation manner, i and j may be equal. That is, the first port combination subset may include multiple antenna port combinations with the same number of antennas, or may include multiple antenna port combinations with different numbers of antennas.
由前述内容可知,对于上行DMRS端口配置来说,上行调度的层数与DMRS端口分开指示。因此,PUSCH的DMRS端口指示表格针对不同的传输流数(rank数),对应不同的端口指示表,其中,每个端口组合包括的端口数量是相同的,例如,对于rank=2的上行DMRS端口指示表来说,每个端口组合均包括两个天线端口;对于rank=3的上行DMRS端口指示表来说,每个端口组合均包括三个天线端口。因此,本申请实施例中的第一端口组合子集不包括上述不同传输流数(rank数)所对应的不同端口指示表。As can be seen from the foregoing, for the uplink DMRS port configuration, the number of uplink scheduled layers is separately indicated from the DMRS port. Therefore, the DMRS port indication table of PUSCH corresponds to different port indication tables for different numbers of transmission streams (rank numbers), wherein the number of ports included in each port combination is the same, for example, for the uplink DMRS port indication table of rank=2, each port combination includes two antenna ports; for the uplink DMRS port indication table of rank=3, each port combination includes three antenna ports. Therefore, the first port combination subset in the embodiment of the present application does not include the different port indication tables corresponding to the above-mentioned different numbers of transmission streams (rank numbers).
接下来,结合不同的示例,说明本申请的端口组合子集的确定方式。Next, the method for determining the port combination subset of the present application is described with reference to different examples.
方式一、通过不传输数据的CDM组数量,确定第一端口组合子集。Method 1: Determine the first port combination subset according to the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data.
其中,不传输数据的CDM组数量对应天线端口指示字段表格的第二列“不传输数据的CDM组数量”。The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponds to the second column “the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data” in the antenna port indication field table.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,第二CDM组数集合包括第一CDM组数集合。In one embodiment, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
进一步的,第一CDM组数集合与第二CDM组数集合相等。Furthermore, the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
也就是说,可以根据“不传输数据的CDM组数量”,将端口组合集合划分为多个子集。例如,端口组合集合中包括的端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组数量为1和2,不传输数据的CDM组数量=1的 端口组合对应第一端口组合子集,不传输数据的CDM组数量=2的端口组合对应第二端口组合子集。又例如,端口组合集合中包括的端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组数量为1、2和3,第一端口组合子集可以包括不传输数据的CDM组数量=1的端口组合,以及不传输数据的CDM组数量=2的端口组合。That is, the port combination set can be divided into multiple subsets according to the "number of CDM groups that do not transmit data". For example, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the port combinations included in the port combination set is 1 and 2, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 1 The port combination corresponds to the first port combination subset, and the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 2 corresponds to the second port combination subset. For another example, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the port combinations included in the port combination set is 1, 2, and 3, and the first port combination subset may include the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 1, and the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 2.
示例性的,以前述表4-10所示的,在DMRS配置为Type1或eType1(即为类型一或增强类型一),且为单符号的情况下,通过端口扩展方案可以最大支持8个端口。表26-1和表26-2分别示出了dmrs-Type=1或eType1,maxLength=1对应的两种可能的端口组合集合,分别包括27或28个端口组合。For example, as shown in the above Table 4-10, when the DMRS is configured as Type 1 or eType 1 (i.e., type 1 or enhanced type 1) and is a single symbol, a maximum of 8 ports can be supported through the port expansion scheme. Table 26-1 and Table 26-2 respectively show two possible port combination sets corresponding to dmrs-Type = 1 or eType 1, maxLength = 1, including 27 or 28 port combinations, respectively.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及的DMRS配置为类型一,可以是指前述的DMRS配置为Type1,或者,指DMRS配置为增强类型一eType1;类似的,DMRS配置为类型二,可以是指前述的DMRS配置为Type2,或者,指DMRS配置为增强类型二eType2。下文对此不再重复说明。It should be noted that the DMRS configuration of type 1 involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to the aforementioned DMRS configuration of Type 1, or, refer to the DMRS configuration of enhanced type 1 eType 1; similarly, the DMRS configuration of type 2 may refer to the aforementioned DMRS configuration of Type 2, or, refer to the DMRS configuration of enhanced type 2 eType 2. This will not be repeated below.
需要说明的是,这里的天线端口表格仅作为一种示例,对于dmrs-Type=1或eType1,maxLength=1的天线端口指示,所述端口组合集合中可以包括下列表格中的全部端口组合,也可以仅包括下列表格中的部分端口组合,也可以还包含除下列表格中的其他端口组合。对于上述三种情况,本发明包含的第一端口组合子集选择方法类似,均可以生效。It should be noted that the antenna port table here is only used as an example. For the antenna port indication of dmrs-Type=1 or eType1, maxLength=1, the port combination set may include all the port combinations in the following table, or only some of the port combinations in the following table, or other port combinations other than those in the following table. For the above three situations, the first port combination subset selection method included in the present invention is similar and can all take effect.
表26-1、端口组合集合

Table 26-1. Port combination set

表26-2、端口组合集合
Table 26-2, Port combination set
需要说明的是,上表中索引值为9、10和11的这三行,说对应的天线端口组合被定义为用于单用户(Single User,SU)传输的天线端口组合。即可以理解,当网络设备向终端设备指示上述取值对应的天线端口组合时,网络设备不会同时将其他的天线端口组合调度给其他的终端。It should be noted that the three rows with index values of 9, 10 and 11 in the above table indicate that the corresponding antenna port combinations are defined as antenna port combinations for single user (SU) transmission. That is, it can be understood that when the network device indicates the antenna port combination corresponding to the above value to the terminal device, the network device will not schedule other antenna port combinations to other terminals at the same time.
基于表26(包括表26-1或表26-2),如果网络设备通过第二指示信息为终端设备指示该表26所示的端口组合集合的所有端口组合,如第二指示信息中包括天线端口配置类型为类型一(Type1),如dmrs-Type=1,前置符号的最大长度为1,即maxLength=1,那么当某个调度时刻,网络设备通过第一指示信息向终端指示表26的其中一个端口组合的时候,27或28个索引值需要的指示开销为5个比特位,指示开销较大。Based on Table 26 (including Table 26-1 or Table 26-2), if the network device indicates all port combinations of the port combination set shown in Table 26 to the terminal device through the second indication information, such as the second indication information includes the antenna port configuration type as type 1 (Type 1), such as dmrs-Type=1, and the maximum length of the preamble symbol is 1, that is, maxLength=1, then at a certain scheduling moment, when the network device indicates one of the port combinations in Table 26 to the terminal through the first indication information, the indication overhead required for the index values 27 or 28 is 5 bits, and the indication overhead is large.
本申请通过指示端口组合集合的一个子集,如下表27所示,降低端口组合的个数即索引值的 数量,从而可以降低指示开销。其中,示例性的,表27是以上述表26的第二列“不传输数据的CDM组数量”作为子集划分方式,网络设备可以通过第二指示信息为终端设备指示该表27所示的端口组合集合的所有端口组合,如第二指示信息中包括天线端口配置类型为类型一(Type1),即dmrs-Type=1,前置符号的最大长度为1,即maxLength=1;The present application reduces the number of port combinations, i.e., the index value, by indicating a subset of the port combination set, as shown in Table 27 below. The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be reduced. For example, Table 27 uses the second column "Number of CDM groups that do not transmit data" in Table 26 as a subset division method. The network device can indicate all port combinations of the port combination set shown in Table 27 to the terminal device through the second indication information. For example, the second indication information includes that the antenna port configuration type is type 1 (Type 1), that is, dmrs-Type = 1, and the maximum length of the leading symbol is 1, that is, maxLength = 1;
表27、第一端口组合子集
Table 27. First port combination subset
表28示出了按照方式一确定的,不传输数据的CDM组数量=2的端口组合对应第二端口组合子集。Table 28 shows the second port combination subset corresponding to the port combination with the number of CDM groups not transmitting data = 2 determined according to the first method.
表28、第二端口组合子集
Table 28. Second port combination subset
在一种实施方式中,该方法还包括:网络设备向终端发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的CDM组的个数。也就是说,对于上述方式一,网络设备可以向终端指示第一端口组合子集对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数,从而终端可以根据第二指示信息中指示的天线端口配置类型、前置符号的最大长度结合不传输数据的CDM组的个数,确定第一端口组合子集。In one embodiment, the method further includes: the network device sends a third indication information to the terminal, and the third indication information is used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data. That is, for the above-mentioned method 1, the network device can indicate to the terminal the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination subset, so that the terminal can determine the first port combination subset according to the antenna port configuration type indicated in the second indication information, the maximum length of the preamble symbol and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data.
如前述示例,不传输数据的CDM组的个数的取值可以为1、2或3(即不传输数据的CDM组的个数可以为1,也可以为2)。其中,不传输数据的CDM组的个数取值为1,对应上述表27,不传输数据的CDM组的个数取值为2,对应上述表28。由前述表26可知,Type1的DMRS仅包含 两个CDM组,不传输数据的CDM组的个数取值为1+2可以理解即为该类型下的DMRS组合全集,即上述表26。As in the above example, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be 1, 2 or 3 (that is, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be 1 or 2). The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1, corresponding to the above Table 27, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 2, corresponding to the above Table 28. As can be seen from the above Table 26, Type 1 DMRS only contains There are two CDM groups, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data is 1+2, which can be understood as the full set of DMRS combinations under this type, that is, the above Table 26.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息或第三指示信息承载于RRC信令,或者,还可以承载于介质访问控制的控制单元(Mediu Access Control-Control Element,MAC CE)中。可选的,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以同时承载于同一条RRC信令或者同一个MAC CE中,如网络设备向终端发送第一RRC,或第一MAC CE,其中包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。In one implementation, the second indication information or the third indication information is carried in RRC signaling, or may also be carried in a media access control control element (MAC CE). Optionally, the second indication information and the third indication information may be carried in the same RRC signaling or the same MAC CE at the same time, such as when the network device sends a first RRC or a first MAC CE to the terminal, which includes the second indication information and the third indication information.
在一种实施方式中,任一端口组合的子集能够满足端口组合全集的天线端口组合所能够支持的端口数量的部分或者全部。In one implementation, a subset of any port combination can satisfy part or all of the number of ports that can be supported by the antenna port combination of the full set of port combinations.
具体的,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数,其中,第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合。端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,第一端口数集合为第二端口数集合的子集。也就是说,每个端口组合对应一个端口数的取值,第一端口组合子集包含的N个端口组合对应的端口数取值集合为第一端口数集合,端口组合集合包含的M个端口组合对应的端口数取值集合为第二端口数集合,第一端口数集合为第二端口数集合的子集。Specifically, each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number, wherein the different antenna port numbers corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set. The different antenna port numbers corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set. In other words, each port combination corresponds to a port number value, the set of port number values corresponding to the N port combinations included in the first port combination subset is the first port number set, the set of port number values corresponding to the M port combinations included in the port combination set is the second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set.
进一步的,第一端口数集合与第二端口数集合相等,即两个集合中的元素均相同。例如,端口组合全集对应的第二端口数集合为{1,2,3,4},第一端口组合子集对应的第一端口数集合可以为{1,2,3}。又例如,前述表27所示,当码字0使能,码字1不使能时,第一端口组合子集对应的第一端口数集合为{1,2,3,4},当码字0使能,码字1使能时,第一端口组合子集对应的第一端口数集合为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8},如前述表26所示,端口组合全集对应的第二端口数集合为{1,2,3,4},第一端口数集合与第二端口数集合相等。Further, the first port number set is equal to the second port number set, that is, the elements in the two sets are the same. For example, the second port number set corresponding to the full set of port combinations is {1, 2, 3, 4}, and the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset can be {1, 2, 3}. For another example, as shown in the aforementioned Table 27, when codeword 0 is enabled and codeword 1 is not enabled, the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset is {1, 2, 3, 4}, and when codeword 0 is enabled and codeword 1 is enabled, the first port number set corresponding to the first port combination subset is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}. As shown in the aforementioned Table 26, the second port number set corresponding to the full set of port combinations is {1, 2, 3, 4}, and the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
示例性的,如上述表26-表28可知,若第一端口组合子集的天线端口配置类型为类型一,则第一端口组合子集包括的多个天线端口组合对应的端口数量包括1~8。其中,若对于一个码字的情况,第一端口组合子集包括的多个天线端口组合对应的端口数量包括1~4。Exemplarily, as shown in Tables 26 to 28 above, if the antenna port configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 1, the number of ports corresponding to the multiple antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1 to 8. Among them, if for a codeword, the number of ports corresponding to the multiple antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset includes 1 to 4.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息还可以用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。也就是说,网络设备通过向终端发送第一指示信息为终端指示端口组合的时候,可以在第一指示信息中携带不传输数据的CDM组的个数,用于终端根据不传输数据的CDM组的个数确定对应的第一端口组合子集,从而进一步根据第一指示信息中的端口组合的索引信息确定一组天线端口组合。In one embodiment, the first indication information may also be used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination. That is, when the network device indicates the port combination to the terminal by sending the first indication information to the terminal, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data may be carried in the first indication information, so that the terminal determines the corresponding first port combination subset according to the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data, thereby further determining a group of antenna port combinations according to the index information of the port combination in the first indication information.
上述的实施方式,表27中包括8个索引值,需要占用第一指示信息中至少3个比特位;表28中包括16个索引值,需要占用4个比特位,相对于直接指示表26所示端口组合全集所需的5个比特位,通过本申请的实施方式可以节省1个或2个比特的指示开销。In the above implementation, Table 27 includes 8 index values, which need to occupy at least 3 bits in the first indication information; Table 28 includes 16 index values, which need to occupy 4 bits. Compared with the 5 bits required to directly indicate the full set of port combinations shown in Table 26, the implementation of the present application can save 1 or 2 bits of indication overhead.
另外,上述通过不传输数据的DMRS CDM组的个数进行DMRS端口组合子集的划分和选择,可以适用于多用户对应不同调度流数的场景。以Type1单符号的DMRS配置类型为例,当网络设备为终端配置表27时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为1~4(该表格支持最大4端口的DMRS)。In addition, the above-mentioned division and selection of DMRS port combination subsets by the number of DMRS CDM groups that do not transmit data can be applied to scenarios where multiple users correspond to different numbers of scheduled flows. Taking the Type 1 single-symbol DMRS configuration type as an example, when the network device is a terminal configuration table 27, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired flows is 1 to 4 (the table supports a maximum of 4 ports of DMRS).
一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表27中的索引0对应端口0,为终端设备2指示表27中的索引1对应端口1,为终端设备3指示表27中的索引3对应端口8,为终端设备4指示表27中的索引4对应端口9,则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2/3/4可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口0/1/8/9端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{1+1+1+1}的MU配对流数组合。One possible implementation is that the network device can indicate that index 0 in table 27 corresponds to port 0 for terminal device 1, that index 1 in table 27 corresponds to port 1 for terminal device 2, that index 3 in table 27 corresponds to port 8 for terminal device 3, and that index 4 in table 27 corresponds to port 9 for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports 0/1/8/9 respectively on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of {1+1+1+1}.
另一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表27中的索引2对应端口[0,1],为终端设备2指示表27中的索引5对应端口[8,9],则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口[0,1]/[8,9]端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{2+2}的MU配对流数组合。Another possible implementation is that the network device can indicate that index 2 in table 27 corresponds to port [0,1] for terminal device 1, and that index 5 in table 27 corresponds to port [8,9] for terminal device 2. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0,1]/[8,9] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a {2+2} MU pairing stream number combination.
当网络设备为终端配置表28时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为5~8(该表格支持最大8端口的DMRS),当网络设备为终端配置总表26时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为1~8(该表格支持最大8端口的DMRS)。When the network device configures table 28 for the terminal, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 5 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS). When the network device configures total table 26 for the terminal, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS).
一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表28中的索引13对应端口[0,1,8,9],为终端设备2指示表28中的索引15对应端口[2,3,10,11],则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口[0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11]端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{4+4}的MU配 对流数组合。One possible implementation is that the network device can indicate that index 13 in table 28 corresponds to port [0, 1, 8, 9] for terminal device 1, and that index 15 in table 28 corresponds to port [2, 3, 10, 11] for terminal device 2. Then, for the current slot, terminal device 1/2 can simultaneously transmit PDSCH on ports [0, 1, 8, 9]/[2, 3, 10, 11] on the same time-frequency resource, forming a {4+4} MU configuration. Convection number combination.
另一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表28中的索引7对应端口9,为终端设备2指示表28中的索引9对应端口11,为终端设备3指示表28中的索引12对应端口[0,1,8],为终端设备4指示表28中的索引14对应端口[2,3,10],则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2/3/4可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口[0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11]端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{1+1+3+3}的MU配对流数组合。Another possible implementation is that the network device can indicate that index 7 in table 28 corresponds to port 9 for terminal device 1, that index 9 in table 28 corresponds to port 11 for terminal device 2, that index 12 in table 28 corresponds to port [0,1,8] for terminal device 3, and that index 14 in table 28 corresponds to port [2,3,10] for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of {1+1+3+3}.
基于方式一,还可以对前述表4-10介绍的Type2单符号DMRS端口组合的子集划分进行介绍。Based on method 1, the subset division of the Type 2 single-symbol DMRS port combination introduced in the aforementioned Table 4-10 can also be introduced.
示例性的,以前述表4-10所示的,在DMRS配置为Type2(即为类型二),且为单符号的情况下,通过端口扩展方案可以最大支持12个端口。表29A和表29B分别示出了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1对应的两种可能的端口组合集合,可以包括57个端口组合。表30示出了按照方式一确定的,不传输数据的CDM组数量=1的端口组合对应第一端口组合子集。表31示出了按照方式一确定的,不传输数据的CDM组数量=2的端口组合对应第二端口组合子集。表32示出了按照方式一确定的,不传输数据的CDM组数量=3的端口组合对应第三端口组合子集。Exemplarily, as shown in the aforementioned Tables 4-10, when the DMRS is configured as Type 2 (i.e., type two) and is a single symbol, a maximum of 12 ports can be supported through the port expansion scheme. Table 29A and Table 29B respectively show two possible port combination sets corresponding to dmrs-Type = 2, maxLength = 1, which may include 57 port combinations. Table 30 shows the first port combination subset corresponding to the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 1 determined in accordance with method one. Table 31 shows the second port combination subset corresponding to the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 2 determined in accordance with method one. Table 32 shows the third port combination subset corresponding to the port combination with the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data = 3 determined in accordance with method one.
表29A、端口组合集合

Table 29A, Port Combination Set

表29B、端口组合集合


Table 29B, Port Combination Set


表30、第一端口组合子集
Table 30. First port combination subset
表31、第二端口组合子集
Table 31. Second port combination subset
表32、第三端口组合子集

Table 32. Third port combination subset

从上述实施例可以看出,表30、31和32分别包括8个索引值、16个索引值、24个索引值,则所需的指示开销为3比特、4比特以及5比特,相对于表29(表29A或表29B)中包括59个索引值,所需指示开销为6比特来说,分别可以降低3/2/比特的指示开销。It can be seen from the above embodiments that Tables 30, 31 and 32 include 8 index values, 16 index values and 24 index values respectively, and the required indication overhead is 3 bits, 4 bits and 5 bits. Compared with Table 29 (Table 29A or Table 29B) which includes 59 index values and the required indication overhead is 6 bits, the indication overhead can be reduced by 3/2/bits respectively.
另外,上述方式一的DMRS端口子集选择方式,通过不发送数据的DMRS CDM组数进行DMRS端口组合子集选择,可以适用于多用户对应不同调度流数的场景,从而可以支持更高传输流数的MU-MIMO能力。以上述的Type2单符号DMRS配置类型为例,当网络设备为终端配置表30时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为1~4(该表格支持最大4端口的DMRS)。In addition, the DMRS port subset selection method of the above method 1 selects the DMRS port combination subset by the number of DMRS CDM groups that do not send data, which can be applied to the scenario where multiple users correspond to different numbers of scheduled streams, thereby supporting MU-MIMO capabilities with higher numbers of transmission streams. Taking the above-mentioned Type 2 single-symbol DMRS configuration type as an example, when the network device is a terminal configuration table 30, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 4 (the table supports a maximum of 4 ports of DMRS).
一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表30中的索引0对应端口0,为终端设备2指示表30中的索引1对应端口1,为终端设备3指示表30中的索引3对应端口12,为终端设备4指示表30中的索引4对应端口13,则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2/3/4可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口0/1/12/13端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{1+1+1+1}的MU配对流数组合。One possible implementation is that the network device can indicate that index 0 in table 30 corresponds to port 0 for terminal device 1, that index 1 in table 30 corresponds to port 1 for terminal device 2, that index 3 in table 30 corresponds to port 12 for terminal device 3, and that index 4 in table 30 corresponds to port 13 for terminal device 4. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2/3/4 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports 0/1/12/13 respectively on the same time-frequency resources, forming a MU pairing stream number combination of {1+1+1+1}.
当网络设备为终端配置表31时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为5~8(该表格支持最大8端口的DMRS),当网络设备为终端配置表32时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为9~12(该表格支持最大12端口的DMRS),当网络设备为终端配置表29A/B时,可以理解对应的总配对流数为1~12(该表格支持最大12端口的DMRS)。When the network device is terminal configuration table 31, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 5 to 8 (the table supports a maximum of 8 ports of DMRS); when the network device is terminal configuration table 32, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 9 to 12 (the table supports a maximum of 12 ports of DMRS); when the network device is terminal configuration table 29A/B, it can be understood that the corresponding total number of paired streams is 1 to 12 (the table supports a maximum of 12 ports of DMRS).
一种可能的实现是,网络设备可以为终端设备1指示表32中的索引19对应端口[0,1,12,13],为终端设备2指示表32中的索引21对应端口[2,3,14,15],则对于当前Slot,终端设备1/2可以同时在同样的时频资源分别在端口[0,1,12,13]/[2,3,14,15]端口上进行PDSCH传输,形成{4+4}的MU配对流数组合。One possible implementation is that the network device can indicate for terminal device 1 that index 19 in table 32 corresponds to port [0, 1, 12, 13], and for terminal device 2 that index 21 in table 32 corresponds to port [2, 3, 14, 15]. Then, for the current slot, terminal devices 1/2 can simultaneously perform PDSCH transmission on ports [0, 1, 12, 13]/[2, 3, 14, 15] on the same time-frequency resources, forming a {4+4} MU pairing stream number combination.
方式二、通过端口组合的类型进行端口组合子集的划分。Method 2: Divide the port combination subsets by the type of port combination.
示例性的,端口组合集合中包括的天线端口组合分为如下三种类型:Exemplarily, the antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are divided into the following three types:
类1、仅包含现有的天线端口组合,和现有协议已支持的端口组合,也可称为Cat.1。以下表33为例,对于单符号的DMRS类型一来说,现有的天线端口为端口号0、1、2、3的端口组合,对应索引值0~11的端口组合。Category 1, which only includes existing antenna port combinations and port combinations supported by existing protocols, can also be called Cat. 1. Taking Table 33 below as an example, for single-symbol DMRS type 1, the existing antenna ports are port combinations of port numbers 0, 1, 2, and 3, corresponding to port combinations of index values 0 to 11.
类2、仅包含扩展得到的天线端口组合,即除现有协议支持的天线端口组合之外,新增的由增强DMRS扩展天线端口构成的端口组合,也可称为Cat.2。以下表33为例,对于单符号的DMRS类型一来说,新扩展的端口号可以为8、9、10、11,新增端口对应的端口组合包括索引值12~20,或者,可选的,还可以包括如索引值为27对应的端口组合[9,11]。 Category 2, only includes the antenna port combination obtained by extension, that is, in addition to the antenna port combination supported by the existing protocol, the newly added port combination consisting of the enhanced DMRS extended antenna port can also be called Cat.2. Taking the following Table 33 as an example, for the single-symbol DMRS type 1, the newly extended port number can be 8, 9, 10, 11, and the port combination corresponding to the newly added port includes index values 12 to 20, or, optionally, it can also include a port combination corresponding to the index value 27 [9,11].
类3、上述类1与类2中包括的天线端口中,新扩展的端口与现有端口在同一个CDM组内的端口组合,也可称为Cat.3。以下表33为例,对于单符号的DMRS类型一来说,新扩展的端口8、9、10和11与现有端口0、1、2和3,其中,端口0、1、8、9在同一个CDM组内,端口2、3、10、11在同一个CDM组内的端口组合,如端口组合[0,1,8]、[0,1,8,9]或[2、3、10、11]等中包括的多个端口均在同一个CDM组内,对应索引值21~26的端口组合。或者,可选的,如包括表33中最后一行的端口组合[9,11],则类3对应的端口组合的索引值可能为22~27。具体可以参考本申请前述表26-1和表26-2的区别,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Category 3, among the antenna ports included in the above-mentioned categories 1 and 2, the port combination of the newly extended ports and the existing ports in the same CDM group can also be called Cat.3. Taking the following Table 33 as an example, for the single-symbol DMRS type 1, the newly extended ports 8, 9, 10 and 11 and the existing ports 0, 1, 2 and 3, where ports 0, 1, 8, 9 are in the same CDM group, and ports 2, 3, 10, 11 are in the same CDM group. For example, the multiple ports included in the port combinations [0,1,8], [0,1,8,9] or [2,3,10,11] are all in the same CDM group, corresponding to the port combination of index values 21 to 26. Or, optionally, such as including the port combination [9,11] in the last row of Table 33, the index value of the port combination corresponding to category 3 may be 22 to 27. For details, please refer to the difference between the aforementioned Table 26-1 and Table 26-2 of the present application, and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
进一步的,类1的天线端口组合可以进一步定义为,满足前述背景技术公式(7)和表1/表2对应的DMRS端口;类2天线端口可以进一步定义为,满足前述公式(8)或公式(9),和表4-1至表4-4,以及表4-6至表4-9对应的DMRS端口。Furthermore, the antenna port combination of class 1 can be further defined as the DMRS port that satisfies the aforementioned background technology formula (7) and Table 1/Table 2; the antenna port of class 2 can be further defined as the DMRS port that satisfies the aforementioned formula (8) or formula (9), and Tables 4-1 to 4-4, and Tables 4-6 to 4-9.
表33A、端口组合集合A
Table 33A, Port Combination Set A
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中示例的端口组合指示表中“类型”和“备注”这两列信息仅用于示意,具体的实施过程中可能不包括上述信息,后续对此不再说明。It should be noted that the two columns of information "Type" and "Remarks" in the port combination indication table illustrated in the embodiment of the present application are for illustration only, and the above information may not be included in the specific implementation process, and will not be explained later.
表33B、端口组合集合B
Table 33B, Port Combination Set B
接下来,结合上述天线端口组合的三种类型,示例性介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种天线端口组合子集的划分方式。Next, in combination with the three types of antenna port combinations mentioned above, another method for dividing antenna port combination subsets provided in an embodiment of the present application is exemplarily introduced.
(1)在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括B个天线端口组合,B个天线端口组合对应的端口号是第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相关联,第一偏置表示指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数。(1) In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes B antenna port combinations, and the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations are the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset, which are associated with the first bias, and the first bias represents an offset value indicating the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
进一步,端口组合集合包括的B个天线端口组合对应的端口号,可以根据第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到。也就是说,端口组合子集中的部分天线端口组合的端口号,与天线端口全集中的部分天线端口组合的端口号存在一定的偏移值。如根据前述表33可以看出,B的值可以为9,即索引值0~8对应的这9个端口组合包括的端口号与索引值12~20对应的这9个端口组合包括的端口号的偏移值为8,也就是说,端口组合集合中两种类型的端口组合对应的端口号存在一定的偏置,即端口组合为类1中的部分端口号可以根据第一偏置与端口组合为类2的端口号得到,反之,端口组合为类2的端口号可以根据第一偏置与端口组合为类1的端口号得到。 Further, the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations included in the port combination set can be obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias. That is to say, there is a certain offset value between the port numbers of some antenna port combinations in the port combination subset and the port numbers of some antenna port combinations in the antenna port full set. As can be seen from the aforementioned Table 33, the value of B can be 9, that is, the offset value of the port numbers included in the 9 port combinations corresponding to the index values 0 to 8 and the port numbers included in the 9 port combinations corresponding to the index values 12 to 20 is 8, that is, there is a certain offset between the port numbers corresponding to the two types of port combinations in the port combination set, that is, some port numbers in the port combination class 1 can be obtained according to the first bias and the port number of the port combination class 2, and vice versa, the port number of the port combination class 2 can be obtained according to the first bias and the port number of the port combination class 1.
在一种可能的实施方式中,例如:端口组合集合包含的B个端口组合中的第一个对应索引0,端口组合为端口0,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的第一个对应天线端口集合中的索引为12,端口组合为端口8;天线端口集合包含的B个端口组合中的第三个对应索引2,端口组合为端口0和端口1,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的第一个对应天线端口集合中的索引为14,端口组合为端口8和端口9;B个端口组合还可以包括天线端口集合中索引0~8中的任一个。具体可以参照表33所示的端口组合集合和表34所示的第一端口组合子集,或者,表33所示的端口组合集合和表35A-1所示的第一端口组合子集。In a possible implementation, for example: the first of the B port combinations included in the port combination set corresponds to index 0, the port combination is port 0, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 12 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 8; the third of the B port combinations included in the antenna port set corresponds to index 2, the port combination is port 0 and port 1, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 14 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 8 and port 9; the B port combinations may also include any one of indexes 0 to 8 in the antenna port set. For details, refer to the port combination set shown in Table 33 and the first port combination subset shown in Table 34, or the port combination set shown in Table 33 and the first port combination subset shown in Table 35A-1.
也就是说,第一端口子集中可以包括类1所述的端口组合类型,或者,可以包括类2所述的端口组合类型。That is, the first port subset may include the port combination type described in category 1, or may include the port combination type described in category 2.
示例性的,第一端口组合子集中包括B个天线端口组合,即对应上述类1的天线端口组合。端口组合集合包括的B个天线端口组合,即对应上述类2的天线端口组合,第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加可以得到,Exemplarily, the first port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, that is, the antenna port combination corresponding to the above-mentioned class 1. The port combination set includes B antenna port combinations, that is, the antenna port combination corresponding to the above-mentioned class 2. The antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are added to the first offset to obtain,
在一种实施方式中,若第一端口组合子集的天线端口配置类型为DMRS类型一,则第一偏置可以为8或-8。In one implementation, if the antenna port configuration type of the first port combination subset is DMRS type 1, the first offset may be 8 or -8.
在一种实施方式中,若第一端口组合子集的天线端口配置类型为DMRS类型二,如前述的表29A/B所示,则第一偏置可以为12或-12。In one implementation, if the antenna port configuration type of the first port combination subset is DMRS type 2, as shown in the aforementioned Table 29A/B, the first offset may be 12 or -12.
在一种可能的实施方式中,例如:端口组合集合包含的B个端口组合中的第一个对应索引0,端口组合为端口0,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的第一个对应天线端口集合中的索引为24,端口组合为端口12;天线端口集合包含的B个端口组合中的第三个对应索引2,端口组合为端口0和端口1,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的第三个对应天线端口集合中的索引为26。In a possible implementation, for example: the first of the B port combinations included in the port combination set corresponds to index 0, the port combination is port 0, the first of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 24 in the antenna port set, and the port combination is port 12; the third of the B port combinations included in the antenna port set corresponds to index 2, the port combination is port 0 and port 1, and the third of the B port combinations in the first port combination subset corresponds to index 26 in the antenna port set.
(2)在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,A个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数。(2) In one implementation, the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer.
示例性的,如表33中,端口组合的索引值为21~26这6个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量均为3或4。此外,还包括端口组合的索引值为9-11这3个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量也为3或4。综上,A可以为9,即包括索引值为9-11和索引值为21~26的端口组合。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 33, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the six antenna port combinations whose port combination index values are 21 to 26 is 3 or 4. In addition, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the three antenna port combinations whose port combination index values are 9 to 11 is also 3 or 4. In summary, A can be 9, that is, including port combinations with index values of 9 to 11 and index values of 21 to 26.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,C个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,C为正整数。示例性的,第一端口组合子集可以包括表33中端口组合的索引值为21~26这6个天线端口组合。综上,C可以为6,即包括索引值为21~26的端口组合。In one implementation, the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and C is a positive integer. Exemplarily, the first port combination subset may include the 6 antenna port combinations whose index values of the port combinations in Table 33 are 21 to 26. In summary, C may be 6, that is, including port combinations with index values of 21 to 26.
在一种实施方式中,A个天线端口组合可以包括C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, the A antenna port combinations may include C antenna port combinations.
进一步的,在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中。即符合前述端口组合类型中类3所述的条件。也就是说,第一端口子集中可以包括类3所述的端口组合类型,例如表33中索引值为21~26的端口组合。Further, in one embodiment, multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group. That is, the conditions described in class 3 of the aforementioned port combination type are met. In other words, the first port subset may include the port combination type described in class 3, such as the port combination with index values 21 to 26 in Table 33.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中。例如表33中索引值为9-11的端口组合。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups, such as the port combinations with index values of 9-11 in Table 33.
综合前述(1)和(2)关于端口组合集合与端口组合子集中包括的端口组合类型,可以得出以下几种可能的端口组合子集的划分方法:Based on the above (1) and (2) about the port combination types included in the port combination set and the port combination subset, the following possible methods for dividing the port combination subset can be obtained:
1、第一端口组合子集中可以包括类1所述的端口组合类型。1. The first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 1.
对于前述单符号的DMRS类型一的端口组合配置来说,网络设备可以将类1、类2或类3的端口组合作为端口组合子集,分配给终端。For the aforementioned single-symbol DMRS type 1 port combination configuration, the network device may allocate a port combination of class 1, class 2 or class 3 to the terminal as a port combination subset.
如网络设备通过第二指示信息为终端配置表33中端口索引号为1~11的第一端口组合子集,再通过第一指示信息指示这12个端口组合中的一个,指示开销为4比特,如下表34。又如网络设备通过第二指示信息为终端配置表33中端口索引号为12~20的第一端口组合子集,再通过第一指示信息指示这9个端口组合中的一个,指示开销为4比特。For example, the network device configures the first port combination subset with port index numbers 1 to 11 in the terminal configuration table 33 through the second indication information, and then indicates one of the 12 port combinations through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits, as shown in the following table 34. For another example, the network device configures the first port combination subset with port index numbers 12 to 20 in the terminal configuration table 33 through the second indication information, and then indicates one of the 9 port combinations through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
表34、端口组合子集

Table 34. Port combination subset

2、第一端口组合子集中可以包括类2所述的端口组合类型和类3所述的端口组合类型。2. The first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 2 and the port combination types described in category 3.
如网络设备通过第二指示信息为终端配置表33中类2和类3的端口组合组成第一端口组合子集,如下表35(包括表35A-1和表35B-1)所示。再通过第一指示信息指示这15个或16个端口组合中的一个,指示开销为4比特。For example, the network device configures the port combinations of class 2 and class 3 in the terminal configuration table 33 to form a first port combination subset through the second indication information, as shown in the following Table 35 (including Table 35A-1 and Table 35B-1). Then, one of the 15 or 16 port combinations is indicated through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
表35A-1、端口组合子集
Table 35A-1. Port combination subset
表35B-1、端口组合子集

Table 35B-1. Port combination subset

基于上述的端口组合子集划分,在一种可能的实施方式中,例如,网络设备可以为终端设备1/2/3分别指示索引9/12/14对应的端口组合[9,11]/[0,1,8]/[2,3,10],形成{2+3+3}的MU配对流数组合。又例如,网络设备可以为终端设备1/2分别指示索引13/15对应的端口组合[0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11],形成{4+4}的MU配对流数组合。Based on the above-mentioned port combination subset division, in a possible implementation, for example, the network device can indicate the port combination [9,11]/[0,1,8]/[2,3,10] corresponding to index 9/12/14 for terminal devices 1/2/3, respectively, to form a MU pairing flow number combination of {2+3+3}. For another example, the network device can indicate the port combination [0,1,8,9]/[2,3,10,11] corresponding to index 13/15 for terminal devices 1/2, respectively, to form a MU pairing flow number combination of {4+4}.
3、第一端口组合子集中可以包括类1所述的端口组合类型和类3所述的端口组合类型。3. The first port combination subset may include the port combination types described in category 1 and the port combination types described in category 3.
如网络设备通过第二指示信息为终端配置表33中类1和类3的端口组合组成第一端口组合子集,如下表36(包括36A-1或36B-1)所示。再通过第一指示信息指示这16个端口组合中的一个,指示开销为4比特。For example, the network device configures the port combinations of class 1 and class 3 in the terminal configuration table 33 to form a first port combination subset through the second indication information, as shown in the following table 36 (including 36A-1 or 36B-1). Then, one of the 16 port combinations is indicated through the first indication information, and the indication overhead is 4 bits.
需要说明的是,有前述内容可知,类1中包括的三个端口组合:[0-2],[0-3]和[0,2],适用于单用户SU调度的,第一端口组合子集中可以不包括这三个端口组合。It should be noted that, from the above content, the three port combinations included in class 1: [0-2], [0-3] and [0,2] are suitable for single-user SU scheduling, and these three port combinations may not be included in the first port combination subset.
表36A-1、端口组合子集
Table 36A-1. Port combination subset
表36B-2、端口组合子集
Table 36B-2, Port Combination Subset
进一步的,在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,第二端口组合子集包括B个天线端口组合,B个天线端口组合对应的端口号是根据第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到的。也就是说,第二端口组合子集中可以包括如前述类1或类2所述的端口组合类型,其中的B个端口组合的端口号可以根据第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到。Further, in one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations are obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias. In other words, the second port combination subset may include the port combination types described in the aforementioned class 1 or class 2, wherein the port numbers of the B port combinations are obtained by adding the antenna port numbers corresponding to the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset and the first bias.
在一种实施方式中,以全集表33为例,第一端口组合子集为前述的表35B-2,第二端口组合子集为前述的表36B-2为例,可以包括以下3种具体的调度情况:In one implementation, taking the full set table 33 as an example, the first port combination subset is the aforementioned table 35B-2, and the second port combination subset is the aforementioned table 36B-2 as an example, which may include the following three specific scheduling situations:
调度1:4个终端形成{2+2+2+2}的MU配对流数组合。其中,以4个终端都配置端口组合全集,且全集索引对应{7+8+19+20},端口组合对应{[0,1]+[2,3]+[8,9]+[10,11]}为例。根据本申请提供的端口组合子集进行指示,为2个终端配置第一端口组合子集,为另外2个终端配第二端口组合子集,也可以达到上述配置全集的MU调度能力,同时对于每个终端均达到了降低DCI开销的效果。Scheduling 1: 4 terminals form a MU pairing flow number combination of {2+2+2+2}. Among them, take the case where all 4 terminals are configured with the full set of port combinations, and the full set index corresponds to {7+8+19+20}, and the port combination corresponds to {[0,1]+[2,3]+[8,9]+[10,11]}. According to the port combination subset provided in the present application, the first port combination subset is configured for 2 terminals, and the second port combination subset is configured for the other 2 terminals. The MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned configuration full set can also be achieved, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
调度2:3个终端形成{2+3+3}的MU配对流数组合。其中,以3个终端都配置端口组合全集,且全集索引对应{23+25+27},端口组合对应{[0,1,8]+[2,3,10]+[9,11]}为例。根据本申请提供的端口组合子集进行指示,可以为2个终端配第一端口组合子集,以及为另外1个终端配第二端口组合子集;或者,为1个终端配第一端口组合子集为另2个终端配第二端口组合子集,也可以达到上述端口组合的MU调度能力,同时对于每个终端均达到了降低DCI开销的效果。Scheduling 2: 3 terminals form a MU pairing stream number combination of {2+3+3}. Among them, take the case where all 3 terminals are configured with the full set of port combinations, and the full set index corresponds to {23+25+27}, and the port combination corresponds to {[0,1,8]+[2,3,10]+[9,11]}. According to the indication of the port combination subset provided in the present application, the first port combination subset can be configured for 2 terminals, and the second port combination subset can be configured for another terminal; or, the first port combination subset can be configured for 1 terminal and the second port combination subset can be configured for the other 2 terminals, which can also achieve the MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned port combination, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
调度3:8个终端形成{1+1+1+1+1+1+1+1}的MU配对流数组合。其中,以8个终端都配置端口组合全集,且全集索引对应{3+4+5+6+15+16+17+18},端口组合对应{0+1+2+3+8+9+10+11}为例。根据本申请提供的端口组合子集进行指示,可以为4个终端配第一端口组合子集,另4个终端配第二端口组合子集,也可以达到上述配置全集的MU调度能力,同时对于每个终端均达到了降低DCI开销的效果。Scheduling 3: 8 terminals form a MU pairing flow number combination of {1+1+1+1+1+1+1+1}. Among them, take the case where all 8 terminals are configured with the full set of port combinations, and the full set index corresponds to {3+4+5+6+15+16+17+18}, and the port combination corresponds to {0+1+2+3+8+9+10+11}. According to the indication of the port combination subset provided in the present application, 4 terminals can be equipped with the first port combination subset, and the other 4 terminals can be equipped with the second port combination subset, and the MU scheduling capability of the above-mentioned full set of configurations can also be achieved, and at the same time, the effect of reducing the DCI overhead is achieved for each terminal.
通过上面的几种调度情况的举例,可以进一步说明,对于全集能够达到的所有配对UE和配对流数组合,通过上述两个子集也可以达到同样的MU调度能力,同时对于每个终端设备,达到 了节省DCI开销的技术效果。Through the above examples of several scheduling situations, it can be further explained that for all the paired UE and paired stream combinations that can be achieved by the full set, the same MU scheduling capability can be achieved through the above two subsets. At the same time, for each terminal device, The technical effect of saving DCI overhead is achieved.
在一种实施方式中,天线端口集合还包括第二端口组合子集,第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。也就是说,第二端口子集可以包括天线端口数量为3或4的C个天线端口组合,例如前述的表33中索引号22-27这六个端口组合,其中,C可以为6。In one embodiment, the antenna port set further includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset. That is, the second port subset may include C antenna port combinations with a number of antenna ports of 3 or 4, such as the six port combinations of index numbers 22-27 in the aforementioned Table 33, where C may be 6.
结合前述的划分方式,可以得出以下两种较优的端口组合子集划分方案:Combining the above division methods, we can derive the following two better port combination subset division schemes:
方案一、第一端口组合子集包括:类1+类3的端口组合;第二端口组合子集包括:类2+类3的端口组合。Solution 1: The first port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 1 + class 3; the second port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 2 + class 3.
进一步的,方案一还可以替换为:第一端口组合子集包括:类1+类3-SU的端口组合;第二端口组合子集包括:类2+类3的端口组合。例如,网络设备可以将端口组合集合划分为前述的端口组合子集的指示表36A-1和表35A-1;或者,分为前述的端口组合子集的指示表36B-1和表35B-1。Further, the solution 1 can also be replaced by: the first port combination subset includes: the port combination of class 1+class 3-SU; the second port combination subset includes: the port combination of class 2+class 3. For example, the network device can divide the port combination set into the aforementioned indication table 36A-1 and table 35A-1 of the port combination subset; or, divide it into the aforementioned indication table 36B-1 and table 35B-1 of the port combination subset.
其中,SU是指该表格对应的索引值9~11的单用户的调度场景,即当网络设备向终端设备指示这三个端口组合中的任意一个时,网络设备不会同时将其他的天线端口组合调度给其他的终端。Among them, SU refers to the scheduling scenario of a single user with index values 9 to 11 corresponding to the table, that is, when the network device indicates any one of the three port combinations to the terminal device, the network device will not schedule other antenna port combinations to other terminals at the same time.
方案二、第一端口组合子集包括:类1的端口组合;第二端口组合子集包括:类2+类3的端口组合。Solution 2: The first port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 1; the second port combination subset includes: a port combination of class 2 + class 3.
例如,网络设备可以将端口组合集合划分为前述的端口组合子集的指示表34和表35A-1,或者划分为前述的端口组合子集的指示表34和表35B-1)。For example, the network device may divide the port combination set into the aforementioned indication table 34 and table 35A-1 of the port combination subset, or divide into the aforementioned indication table 34 and table 35B-1 of the port combination subset).
通过上述本申请实施例提供的端口组合子集的划分方式二,可以将端口组合集合划分为至少一个子集,减少为终端配置的端口组合的个数,从而能够节省指示具体的端口组合的信令开销。Through the second method of dividing the port combination subsets provided in the above embodiment of the present application, the port combination set can be divided into at least one subset, reducing the number of port combinations configured for the terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead for indicating specific port combinations.
另外,根据前述的三种端口组合的类型划分可以看出,类1和类2包含的端口组合对应的传输流数的能力基本相同,而新增的类3端口组合可以使得支持传输流数为3~4的DMRS端口组合仅占用一个CDM组,从而能够达到提升频谱效率以及提升MU复用能力的效果。In addition, according to the classification of the three types of port combinations mentioned above, it can be seen that the capabilities of the number of transmission streams corresponding to the port combinations contained in class 1 and class 2 are basically the same, and the newly added class 3 port combination can make the DMRS port combination supporting 3 to 4 transmission streams occupy only one CDM group, thereby achieving the effect of improving spectrum efficiency and improving MU multiplexing capability.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,D个天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。如表33-表36所示,对于单符号的DMRS类型一,对应两个码字启用的情况下,天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8,D可以为4,即包括四个天线端口组合对应索引号为0~3。In one implementation, the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8. As shown in Tables 33 to 36, for a single-symbol DMRS type 1, when two codewords are enabled, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the antenna port combination is 5 to 8, and D may be 4, that is, including four antenna port combinations corresponding to index numbers 0 to 3.
在一种实施方式中,用于承载第一指示信息的DCI还可以包括传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication,TCI)字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。In one embodiment, the DCI used to carry the first indication information may also include a transmission configuration indication (TCI) field, and all code points in the TCI field are mapped to a TCI state.
在另一种实施方式中,本申请实施例提供的端口组合集合不适用下述这种场景:当网络设备向终端发送的DCI包括的TCI字段中,至少一个码点映射到两个TCI状态的情况。In another implementation, the port combination set provided in the embodiment of the present application is not applicable to the following scenario: when at least one code point in the TCI field included in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal is mapped to two TCI states.
示例性的,基于上述端口组合子集的划分方式二,还可以对前述表4-10介绍的Type2单符号DMRS的端口组合子集的划分进行介绍。Exemplarily, based on the second division method of the port combination subsets described above, the division of the port combination subsets of the Type 2 single-symbol DMRS described in the aforementioned Table 4-10 may also be introduced.
示例性的,以前述表4-10所示的,在DMRS配置为Type2(即为类型二),且为单符号的情况下,通过端口扩展方案可以最大支持12个端口。前述的表29A和表29B分别示出了dmrs-Type=2,maxLength=1对应的两种可能的端口组合集合,可以包括57个端口组合。按照上述方式二中的方案一或方案二进行端口组合子集的划分。For example, as shown in the above Table 4-10, when the DMRS is configured as Type 2 (i.e., type 2) and is a single symbol, a maximum of 12 ports can be supported through the port expansion scheme. The above Tables 29A and 29B respectively show two possible port combination sets corresponding to dmrs-Type = 2, maxLength = 1, which may include 57 port combinations. The port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1 or Scheme 2 in the above-mentioned method 2.
其中,在一种实施方式中,基于前述表29A所示作为端口组合集合,按照方案一进行端口组合子集划分,可以得到对应的端口组合子集包括:类1+类3-SU的端口组合,以及类2+类3的端口组合,如表37A-1和表37A-2所示。Among them, in one implementation, based on the port combination set shown in the aforementioned Table 29A, the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1 + class 3-SU, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 37A-1 and Table 37A-2.
或者,在一种实施方式中,基于前述表29B所示作为端口组合集合,按照方案一进行端口组合子集划分,可以得到对应的端口组合子集包括:类1+类3-SU的端口组合,以及类2+类3的端口组合,如表38B-1和表38B-2所示。Alternatively, in one embodiment, based on the port combination set shown in the aforementioned Table 29B, the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 1, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1 + class 3-SU, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 38B-1 and Table 38B-2.
在一种实施方式中,基于前述表29A所示作为端口组合集合,按照方案二进行端口组合子集划分,可以得到对应的端口组合子集包括:类1的端口组合,以及类2+类3的端口组合,如表39A-1和 表39A-2所示。In one implementation, based on the port combination set shown in Table 29A above, the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 2, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained, including: port combinations of class 1, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Tables 39A-1 and As shown in Table 39A-2.
或者,在一种实施方式中,基于前述表29B所示作为端口组合集合,按照方案二进行端口组合子集划分,可以得到对应的端口组合子集包括:类1的端口组合,以及类2+类3的端口组合,如表40B-1和表40B-2所示。Alternatively, in one embodiment, based on the port combination set shown in the aforementioned Table 29B, the port combination subsets are divided according to Scheme 2, and the corresponding port combination subsets can be obtained including: port combinations of class 1, and port combinations of class 2 + class 3, as shown in Table 40B-1 and Table 40B-2.
表37A-1、第一端口组合子集(类1+类3-SU)
Table 37A-1. First port combination subset (class 1 + class 3-SU)
表37A-2、第二端口组合子集(类2+类3)

Table 37A-2, Second Port Combination Subset (Class 2 + Class 3)

表38B-1、第一端口组合子集(类1+类3-SU)

Table 38B-1. First port combination subset (class 1 + class 3-SU)

表38B-2、第二端口组合子集(类2+类3)

Table 38B-2, Second Port Combination Subset (Class 2 + Class 3)

表39A/B-1、第一端口组合子集(类1)

Table 39A/B-1, First Port Combination Subset (Class 1)

表39A-2、第二端口组合子集(类2+类3)
Table 39A-2, Second Port Combination Subset (Class 2 + Class 3)
表40B-2、第二端口组合子集(类2+类3)

Table 40B-2, Second Port Combination Subset (Class 2 + Class 3)

接下来,示例性介绍在DMRS配置为Type1或eType1(即为类型一或增强类型一),且为双符号(maxLength=2)的情况下,端口组合集合以及端口组合子集的配置方式。Next, the configuration of the port combination set and the port combination subset is exemplarily introduced when the DMRS is configured as Type 1 or eType 1 (ie, Type 1 or enhanced Type 1) and is a double symbol (maxLength=2).
方式一、Method 1:
表41、端口组合集合


Table 41: Port combination set


表42-1、第一端口组合子集
Table 42-1. First port combination subset
表42-2、第二端口组合子集


Table 42-2, Second Port Combination Subset


方式二:Method 2:
1、第一端口组合子集:Cat2+Cat3,第二端口组合子集:Cat1+Cat-SU。1. The first port combination subset: Cat2+Cat3, the second port combination subset: Cat1+Cat-SU.
表43-1、第一端口组合子集

Table 43-1. First port combination subset

表43-2、第二端口组合子集

Table 43-2, Second Port Combination Subset

2、第一端口组合子集:Cat2+Cat3,第二端口组合子集:Cat1。2. The first port combination subset: Cat2+Cat3, the second port combination subset: Cat1.
表44-1、第一端口组合子集
Table 44-1. First port combination subset
表44-2、第二端口组合子集

Table 44-2, Second Port Combination Subset

接下来,示例性介绍在DMRS配置为Type2或eType2(即为类型二或增强类型二),且为双符号(maxLength=2)的情况下,端口组合集合以及端口组合子集的配置方式。Next, the configuration of the port combination set and the port combination subset is exemplarily introduced when the DMRS is configured as Type 2 or eType 2 (ie, Type 2 or enhanced Type 2) and is a double symbol (maxLength=2).
方式一、Method 1:
表45、端口组合集合




Table 45: Port combination set




表46-1、第一端口组合子集
Table 46-1. First port combination subset
表46-2、第二端口组合子集

Table 46-2, Second Port Combination Subset

表46-3、第三端口组合子集


Table 46-3, Third Port Combination Subset


方式二:Method 2:
1、第一端口组合子集:Cat2+Cat3,第二端口组合子集:Cat1+Cat-SU。1. The first port combination subset: Cat2+Cat3, the second port combination subset: Cat1+Cat-SU.
表47-1、第一端口组合子集


Table 47-1. First port combination subset


表47-2、第二端口组合子集


Table 47-2, Second Port Combination Subset


2、第一端口组合子集:Cat2+Cat3,第二端口组合子集:Cat1。2. The first port combination subset: Cat2+Cat3, the second port combination subset: Cat1.
表48-1、第一端口组合子集

Table 48-1. First port combination subset

表48-2、第二端口组合子集


Table 48-2, Second Port Combination Subset


本申请上文中提到的各个实施例之间在方案不矛盾的情况下,均可以进行结合,不作限制。The various embodiments mentioned above in this application can be combined without limitation if there is no contradiction between the solutions.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者为可用于终端的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者为可用于网络设备的部件。可以理解的是,上述终端或者网络设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Accordingly, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can be a terminal in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal, or a component that can be used for the terminal; or, the communication device can be a network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used for the network device. It can be understood that in order to realize the above functions, the above terminal or network device, etc., includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm operations of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the present application.
应理解的是,上述仅以终端和网络设备为例描写各个网元之间的交互。实际上,上述终端所执行的处理并不限于仅由单一网元执行,上述网络设备所执行的处理也并不限于仅由单一网元执行。例如,网络设备所执行的处理可以分别由中央单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)和远端单元(remote unit,RU)中的至少一个执行。It should be understood that the above only describes the interaction between various network elements by taking the terminal and the network device as an example. In fact, the processing performed by the above terminal is not limited to being performed by only a single network element, and the processing performed by the above network device is not limited to being performed by only a single network element. For example, the processing performed by the network device can be performed by at least one of the central unit (CU), the distributed unit (DU) and the remote unit (RU).
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端或网络设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the terminal or network device according to the above method example. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图9示出了一种通信装置90的结构示意图。通信装置90包括收发模块901。可选的,通信装置90还可以包括处理模块902。收发模块901,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。处理模块902,也可以称为处理单元,可以用于执行除收发操作之外的操作,例如可以是处理电路或者处理器等。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG9 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 90. The communication device 90 includes a transceiver module 901. Optionally, the communication device 90 may also include a processing module 902. The transceiver module 901, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface. The processing module 902, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, may be used to perform operations other than transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置90还可以包括存储模块(图9中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the communication device 90 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 9 ) for storing program instructions and data.
示例性地,通信装置90用于实现终端的功能。通信装置90例如为图8所示的实施例所述的终端。Exemplarily, the communication device 90 is used to implement the functions of a terminal. The communication device 90 is, for example, the terminal described in the embodiment shown in FIG8 .
其中,收发模块901用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M。 Among them, the transceiver module 901 is used to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M.
所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同。The first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set.
所述收发模块901还用于根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。The transceiver module 901 is further configured to send or receive a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。In one embodiment, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。In one implementation, the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
在一种实施方式中,收发模块901还用于接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS类型和前置符号的最大长度。In one implementation, the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,收发模块901还用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。In one implementation, the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。In one embodiment, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。In one implementation, the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。In one embodiment, the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集包括B个天线端口组合,所述B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的端口号是根据所述第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到的,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations is obtained by adding the antenna port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset to a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
在一种实施方式中,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8。In one implementation, if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
在一种实施方式中,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12。In one implementation, if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。In one implementation, the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4。In one implementation, the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多 个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。In one implementation, the plurality of antenna port combinations corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset antenna ports are in the same CDM group, C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;所述至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。In one implementation, at least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。In one implementation, the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。In one implementation, the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
在一种实施方式中,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。In one implementation, if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
当用于实现终端的功能时,关于通信装置90所能实现的其他功能,可参考图8所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of the terminal, regarding other functions that the communication device 90 can implement, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG8 , and no further details will be given.
或者,示例性地,通信装置90用于实现网络设备的功能。通信装置90例如为图8所示的实施例所述的网络设备。Alternatively, illustratively, the communication device 90 is used to implement the function of a network device. The communication device 90 is, for example, the network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG8 .
其中,收发模块901用于发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M;所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同。Among them, the transceiver module 901 is used to send first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i and j are not equal; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set.
收发模块901还用于根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。The transceiver module 901 is further configured to send or receive a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。In one embodiment, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to one antenna port number.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。In one implementation, the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
在一种实施方式中,收发模块901还用于发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS类型和前置符号的最大长度。In one implementation, the transceiver module 901 is further configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,收发模块901还用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the transceiver module 901 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。In one implementation, the first indication information is further used to indicate the number of CDM groups not transmitting data corresponding to the first port combination.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。In one embodiment, the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or, are carried in the first MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。In one implementation, the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。In one embodiment, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, and the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。 In one implementation, the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。In one embodiment, the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, wherein the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。In one embodiment, the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond one to one with the B port combinations in the port combination set; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集包括B个天线端口组合,所述B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的端口号是根据所述第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到的,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations is obtained by adding the antenna port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset to a first bias, and the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
在一种实施方式中,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8。In one implementation, if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first offset is 8 or -8.
在一种实施方式中,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12。In one implementation, if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first offset is 12 or -12.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。In one implementation, the port combination set further includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and A is a positive integer and is less than or equal to M.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4。In one implementation, the first port combination subset further includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, where C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。In one embodiment, the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
在一种实施方式中,A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;所述至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。In one implementation, multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
在一种实施方式中,端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。In one implementation, at least one antenna port combination except the C antenna port combinations among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
在一种实施方式中,第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。In one implementation, the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
在一种实施方式中,第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。In one implementation, the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
在一种实施方式中,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。In one implementation, if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
当用于实现网络设备的功能时,关于通信装置90所能实现的其他功能,可参考图8所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of a network device, regarding other functions that the communication device 90 can implement, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG8 , and no further details will be given.
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置90可以采用图7所示的形式。比如,图7中的处理器701可以通过调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置90执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may imagine that the communication device 90 may be in the form shown in Figure 7. For example, the processor 701 in Figure 7 may call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703 to enable the communication device 90 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment.
示例性的,图9中的收发模块901和处理模块902的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图9中的处理模块902的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图9中的收发模块901的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的通信接口704来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 901 and the processing module 902 in FIG9 can be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703. Alternatively, the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 902 in FIG9 can be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703, and the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 901 in FIG9 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in FIG7.
可以理解的是,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,所述软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中,处理器可以用于执行所述程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或 ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。It is understandable that one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two. When any of the above modules or units is implemented by software, the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and a processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow. The processor can be built into a SoC (system on chip) or ASIC can also be an independent semiconductor chip. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions to perform calculations or processing, the processor can also further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。When the above modules or units are implemented in hardware, the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,该至少一个处理器通过接口与存储器耦合,当该至少一个处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得上述任一方法实施例中的方法被执行。在一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片系统还包括存储器。可选的,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed. In one possible implementation, the chip system also includes a memory. Optionally, the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的通信装置的内部存储单元,例如通信装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述通信装置的外部存储设备,例如上述通信装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述通信装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述通信装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include the processes of the above method embodiments. The computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the above embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above communication device, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. Further, the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above communication device and an external storage device. The above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机程序产品中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。Optionally, the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、接入网设备、移动性管理网元或会话管理网元等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中或上述计算机程序产品中。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as a computer, a processor, an access network device, a mobility management network element or a session management network element, etc.). The program may be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium or in the above computer program product.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:上述实施例中的网络设备和终端。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including: the network device and terminal in the above embodiment.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above implementation methods, technical personnel in the relevant field can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example. In actual applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者消息在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。It can be understood that the same step or steps or messages with the same function in the embodiments of the present application can be referenced to each other in different embodiments.
最后应说明的是:以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于 此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 Finally, it should be noted that the above is only a specific implementation of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to Therefore, any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application should be included in the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (56)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,receiving first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination,
    其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M;The first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M;
    所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同;The first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i is not equal to j; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set;
    根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。A demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that the different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, the different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set constitute a second port number set, and the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to an antenna port number.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS类型和前置符号的最大长度。Second indication information is received, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS type and a maximum length of a preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。The method according to any one of claims 1-5 is characterized in that the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination.
  7. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。The method according to claim 4 or 5 is characterized in that the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。The method according to claim 7 is characterized in that the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or carried in the first MAC CE.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is characterized in that the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。The method according to any one of claims 1-9 is characterized in that the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。The method according to claim 10 is characterized in that the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  12. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is characterized in that the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, and the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。The method according to claim 12 is characterized in that the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set one by one; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天 线端口号和第一偏置相关联;The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the port combination set further includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset further includes B port combinations, and all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are the same as all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset. The line port number is associated with the first bias;
    其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第二端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。Wherein, the B port combinations in the second port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the first port combination subset one by one; wherein, the B port combinations in the second port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number and the first bias contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the first port combination subset.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8,所述与端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联为端口号和第一偏置相加。The method according to any one of claims 12-14 is characterized in that if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first bias is 8 or -8, and the port number and the first bias contained in the port combination are associated with the sum of the port number and the first bias.
  16. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12,,所述与端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联为端口号和第一偏置相加。The method according to any one of claims 12-14 is characterized in that if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type two or enhanced type two, the first bias is 12 or -12, and the port number and the first bias contained in the port combination are associated with the sum of the port number and the first bias.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。The method according to any one of claims 1-16 is characterized in that the port combination set also includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination in the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, A is a positive integer and A is less than or equal to M.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4。The method according to claim 17 is characterized in that the first port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。The method according to claim 17 is characterized in that the multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, and C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。The method according to claim 19 is characterized in that the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  21. 根据权利要求17-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。The method according to any one of claims 17-20 is characterized in that the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;所述至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。The method according to claim 21 is characterized in that the multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。The method according to claim 21 or 22 is characterized in that at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set except the C antenna port combinations is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  24. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is characterized in that the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  25. 根据权利要求1-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。The method according to any one of claims 1-24 is characterized in that the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。The method according to claim 25 is characterized in that if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  27. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一端口组合,其中,所述第一端口组合包括i个天线端口,所述第一端口组合为第一端口组合子集中的一个端口组合,所述第一端口组合子集为端口组合集合中的一个子集,所述第一端口组合子集中包括N个天线端口组合,所述端口组合集合中包括M个天线端口组合,i、N和M均为正整数且N小于M;所述第一端口组合子集中还包括第二端口组合,所述第二端口组合包括j个天线端口,j为正整数且i与j不相等;所述第一端口组合子集对应的前置符号数与所述端口组合集合对应的前置符号数相同;Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first port combination, wherein the first port combination includes i antenna ports, the first port combination is a port combination in a first port combination subset, the first port combination subset is a subset in a port combination set, the first port combination subset includes N antenna port combinations, the port combination set includes M antenna port combinations, i, N and M are all positive integers and N is less than M; the first port combination subset also includes a second port combination, the second port combination includes j antenna ports, j is a positive integer and i and j are not equal; the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the first port combination subset is the same as the number of preamble symbols corresponding to the port combination set;
    根据所述第一端口组合包括的天线端口发送或接收解调参考信号DMRS。A demodulation reference signal DMRS is sent or received according to the antenna port included in the first port combination.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中N个天线端口组合对应的不同天线端口个数组成第一端口数集合,所述端口组合集合中M个天线端口组合对应的不 同天线端口个数组成第二端口数集合,所述第一端口数集合为所述第二端口数集合的子集,其中,每个天线端口组合对应一个天线端口个数。The method according to claim 27 is characterized in that the different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset constitute a first port number set, and the different numbers of antenna ports corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set The same number of antenna ports forms a second port number set, the first port number set is a subset of the second port number set, wherein each antenna port combination corresponds to one antenna port number.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口数集合与所述第二端口数集合相等。The method according to claim 28, characterized in that the first port number set is equal to the second port number set.
  30. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 29, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述端口组合集合和/或第一端口组合子集的DMRS类型和前置符号的最大长度。Second indication information is sent, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS type and the maximum length of the preamble symbol of the port combination set and/or the first port combination subset.
  31. 根据权利要求27-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 30, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示不传输数据的码分复用CDM组的个数。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the number of code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that do not transmit data.
  32. 根据权利要求27-31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示第一端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数。The method according to any one of claims 27-31 is characterized in that the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the first port combination.
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息承载于无线资源控制RRC信令,或者,承载于介质访问控制的控制单元MAC CE中。The method according to claim 31 or 32 is characterized in that the second indication information and/or the third indication information is carried in the radio resource control RRC signaling, or carried in the medium access control control unit MAC CE.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息承载于第一RRC信令,或者,承载于第一MAC CE中。The method according to claim 33 is characterized in that the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the first RRC signaling, or are carried in the first MAC CE.
  35. 根据权利要求27-34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一端口组合在所述第一端口组合子集中的索引信息。The method according to any one of claims 27 to 34, characterized in that the first indication information includes index information of the first port combination in the first port combination subset.
  36. 根据权利要求27-35任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的N个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组个数为第一CDM组数集合,所述端口组合集合中的M个天线端口组合对应的不传输数据的CDM组的个数为第二CDM组数集合,所述第二CDM组数集合包括所述第一CDM组数集合。The method according to any one of claims 27-35 is characterized in that the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the N antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset is a first CDM group number set, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data corresponding to the M antenna port combinations in the port combination set is a second CDM group number set, and the second CDM group number set includes the first CDM group number set.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一CDM组数集合与所述第二CDM组数集合相等。The method according to claim 36 is characterized in that the first CDM group number set is equal to the second CDM group number set.
  38. 根据权利要求27-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集还包括B个端口组合,所述B个端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的全部天线端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中的至少一个端口对应的全部天线端口号和第一偏置相关联,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数且B小于或等于N。The method according to any one of claims 27-37 is characterized in that the first port combination subset also includes B port combinations, all antenna port numbers corresponding to any one of the B port combinations are associated with all antenna port numbers corresponding to at least one port in the B port combinations in the port combination set and a first bias, and the first bias indicates an offset value of the antenna port number, B is a positive integer and B is less than or equal to N.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合和所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合一一对应;其中,所述第一端口组合子集中的B个端口组合包括索引为{1,2,3,…B}的端口组合,其中,每个端口组合索引对应的端口组合包含的端口号与所述端口组合集合中的B个端口组合中索引相同的端口组合包含的端口号和第一偏置相关联。The method according to claim 38 is characterized in that the B port combinations in the first port combination subset correspond to the B port combinations in the port combination set one by one; wherein the B port combinations in the first port combination subset include port combinations indexed as {1, 2, 3, ...B}, wherein the port number contained in the port combination corresponding to each port combination index is associated with the port number contained in the port combination with the same index in the B port combinations in the port combination set and the first bias.
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集,所述第二端口组合子集包括B个天线端口组合,所述B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的端口号是根据所述第一端口组合子集中的B个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口号与第一偏置相加得到的,所述第一偏置指示天线端口号的偏移值,B为正整数。The method according to claim 38 or 39 is characterized in that the port combination set also includes a second port combination subset, the second port combination subset includes B antenna port combinations, and the port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations is obtained by adding the antenna port number corresponding to any one of the B antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset to a first bias, and the first bias indicates the offset value of the antenna port number, and B is a positive integer.
  41. 根据权利要求38-40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型一或增强类型一,则所述第一偏置为8或-8。The method according to any one of claims 38-40 is characterized in that if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type one or enhanced type one, the first bias is 8 or -8.
  42. 根据权利要求38-40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一端口组合子集的DMRS配置类型为类型二或增强类型二,则所述第一偏置为12或-12。The method according to any one of claims 38-40 is characterized in that if the DMRS configuration type of the first port combination subset is type 2 or enhanced type 2, the first bias is 12 or -12.
  43. 根据权利要求27-42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括A个天线端口组合,所述A个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,A为正整数且A小于等于M。The method according to any one of claims 27-42 is characterized in that the port combination set also includes A antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any port combination in the A antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, A is a positive integer and A is less than or equal to M.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4。The method according to claim 43 is characterized in that the first port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination in the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集中的C个天线端口组合中任一天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在同一CDM组中,C为正整数且C小于等于N。The method according to claim 44 is characterized in that the multiple antenna ports corresponding to any antenna port combination among the C antenna port combinations in the first port combination subset are in the same CDM group, and C is a positive integer and C is less than or equal to N.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合还包括第二端口组合子集, 所述第二端口组合子集还包括C个天线端口组合,所述C个天线端口组合中任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为3或4,所述第一端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合与所述第二端口组合子集包括的C个天线端口组合相同。The method according to claim 45, characterized in that the port combination set further includes a second port combination subset, The second port combination subset also includes C antenna port combinations, the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the C antenna port combinations is 3 or 4, and the C antenna port combinations included in the first port combination subset are the same as the C antenna port combinations included in the second port combination subset.
  47. 根据权利要求43-46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述A个天线端口组合包括所述C个天线端口组合。The method according to any one of claims 43-46 is characterized in that the A antenna port combinations include the C antenna port combinations.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合中包括的A个天线端口组合中至少一个天线端口组合对应的多个天线端口在不同的CDM组中;所述至少一个天线端口组合不属于所述C个天线端口组合。The method according to claim 47 is characterized in that the multiple antenna ports corresponding to at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations included in the port combination set are in different CDM groups; and the at least one antenna port combination does not belong to the C antenna port combinations.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的方法,其特征在于,所述端口组合集合中所述A个天线端口组合中除所述C个天线端口组合的至少一个天线端口组合用于单用户传输,或没有其他的天线端口被同时调度。The method according to claim 47 or 48 is characterized in that at least one antenna port combination among the A antenna port combinations in the port combination set except the C antenna port combinations is used for single-user transmission, or no other antenna ports are scheduled simultaneously.
  50. 根据权利要求27-35任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口组合子集或第二端口组合子集包括D个天线端口组合,所述D个天线端口组合中的任一个端口组合对应的天线端口数量为5至8。The method according to any one of claims 27-35 is characterized in that the first port combination subset or the second port combination subset includes D antenna port combinations, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to any one of the D antenna port combinations is 5 to 8.
  51. 根据权利要求27-50任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中。The method according to any one of claims 27-50 is characterized in that the first indication information is carried in downlink control information DCI.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述DCI还包括传输配置指示TCI字段,则所述TCI字段中的全部码点均映射到一个TCI状态。The method according to claim 51 is characterized in that if the DCI also includes a transmission configuration indication TCI field, all code points in the TCI field are mapped to one TCI state.
  53. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:A network device, characterized in that the network device comprises:
    处理器;processor;
    与所述处理器耦合的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令,当所述指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求1-26中任一项所述的方法,或者,如权利要求27-52中任一项所述的方法。A memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing computer program code, the computer program code comprising instructions, which, when executed by the processor, causes the network device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-26, or the method according to any one of claims 27-52.
  54. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质位于中继设备内,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得所述中继设备执行如权利要求1-26中任一项所述的方法,或者,如权利要求27-52中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is located in a relay device, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions, which, when executed, enable the relay device to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1-26, or the method as described in any one of claims 27-52.
  55. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片位于中继设备内,所述芯片包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令,当所述指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述中继设备执行如权利要求1-26中任一项所述的方法,或者,如权利要求27-52中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is located in a relay device, the chip includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores computer program code, and the computer program code includes instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the relay device executes the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 26, or the method as described in any one of claims 27 to 52.
  56. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于执行如权利要求1-26中任一项所述的方法,或者,如权利要求27-52中任一项所述的方法。 A communication device, characterized in that it is used to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1-26, or the method as described in any one of claims 27-52.
PCT/CN2024/086067 2023-04-07 2024-04-03 Communication method and apparatus WO2024208330A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202310411249.0A CN118784184A (en) 2023-04-07 2023-04-07 Communication method and device
CN202310411249.0 2023-04-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024208330A1 true WO2024208330A1 (en) 2024-10-10

Family

ID=92971367

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/086067 WO2024208330A1 (en) 2023-04-07 2024-04-03 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118784184A (en)
WO (1) WO2024208330A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114175552A (en) * 2019-07-25 2022-03-11 日本电气株式会社 Indication of number of repetitions for physical shared channel
WO2022141601A1 (en) * 2020-12-31 2022-07-07 华为技术有限公司 Method for sending demodulation reference signal and method for receiving demodulation reference signal, and communication device
CN114826525A (en) * 2019-01-11 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving indication

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114826525A (en) * 2019-01-11 2022-07-29 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending and receiving indication
CN114175552A (en) * 2019-07-25 2022-03-11 日本电气株式会社 Indication of number of repetitions for physical shared channel
WO2022141601A1 (en) * 2020-12-31 2022-07-07 华为技术有限公司 Method for sending demodulation reference signal and method for receiving demodulation reference signal, and communication device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LENOVO, MOTOROLA MOBILITY: "Remaining issues on DMRS", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1719736, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20171127 - 20171201, 19 November 2017 (2017-11-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051370405 *
ZTE: "Discussion on downlink DMRS design", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1710196 DISCUSSION ON DOWNLINK DMRS DESIGN, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Qingdao, P.R. China; 20170627 - 20170630, 17 June 2017 (2017-06-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051304871 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118784184A (en) 2024-10-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230030162A1 (en) Demodulation reference signal indicating and receiving methods, transmit end, and receive end
CN105900387B (en) A kind of resource allocation methods and device
CN111769918B (en) DMRS port indication method and device
CN108809609A (en) A kind of DMRS instruction and method of reseptance, transmitting terminal and receiving terminal
WO2018137464A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending reference signal
CN112968756A (en) Reference signal configuration method and device
WO2014183660A1 (en) Interference coordination parameter transmission method and apparatus, and interference coordination method and apparatus
CN115473617B (en) Reference signal configuration method and device
WO2020024891A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing reference signal
WO2024061236A1 (en) Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus
WO2024094207A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024208330A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018201830A1 (en) Resource configuration method and device, storage medium, and processor
CN117121414A (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal
WO2023185588A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024114418A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2024032394A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022017207A1 (en) Working mode indicating method and apparatus, and system
WO2024032351A1 (en) Dmrs port indication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023207650A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022067826A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024140774A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023125697A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and device
WO2023208031A1 (en) Signal transmission method and related apparatus
WO2020061975A1 (en) Method and device for signal transmission